ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT- ENVIRONMENTAL …environmentclearance.nic.in/.../18012015XS1DIYBIEIA... · Prepared by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh

Prepared by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.

Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri) 1

STUDY PERIOD-DECEMBER, 2013 TO FEBRUARY – 2014 NON FOREST LAND

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT-

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR

RIVER BED MINING PROJECT OF MINOR MINERAL

ORDINARY SAND (BAJRI) AT

Rivers, Nallah, Gair Mumkin Nadi in

Tehsil – Pisangan & District – Ajmer,

State - Rajasthan

NAME OF RIVER – SARASWATI RIVER & SAGARMATI RIVER Purpose – Fresh Grant,

Proposed Production – 11,20,000 TPA

APPLIED LEASE AREA – 163.4503 Hect. PROJECT COST – 66.0 LAC CATEGORY- ΄A΄

APPLICANT EIA CONSULTANT SHRI ARJUN SINGH M/S UDAIPUR MIN-TECH PVT. LTD. VILLAGE CHANDUPURA, 206-APEKSHA COMPLEX, SECTOR NO.-11,

NASIBPUR KANNA, HIRAN MAGRI, UDAIPUR-313002 (RAJ.).

TEHSIL – NAGINA, PH- 91-294-2489672 (OFF.) Mob. 9414167672

DIST. – BIJNAUR (U.P.) E mail :- [email protected],

ACCREDITED BY NABET (S. NO. 158) CATEGORY ‘A’ FOR SECTOR 1 & ‘B’

CATEGORY FOR SECTOR 22 & 38

mailto:[email protected]



CONTENTS

CHAPTER

NO.

PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

0 ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE OF NABET 3-4

0 COMPLIANCE TO TERM OF REFERENCE

(TOR) 5-38

I INTRODUCTION 40-50

II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 51-68

III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 69-162

IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES 163-183

V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 184-185

VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 186-191

VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 192-199

VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 200-203

IX ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 204-217

X SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 218-222

XI DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 223-227

- QUESTIONNAIRE 228-267

- ANNEXURES 268-412





Minutes of 86th Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance

Assessment held on August 13, 2014



INDEX

S.NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

CHAPTER - I

INTRODUCTION 40-50

1.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT 40

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT

PROPONENT

41

1.3 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION 41

1.4 PRODUCTION DETAILS 42

1.5 LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION 44

1.6 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

46

1.7 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA 46

1.8 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 47

1.9 TERMS OF REFERENCE 50

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION 51-68

2.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT 51

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT 51

2.3 LOCATION 51

2.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY 52

2.5 DRAINAGE 52

2.6 DEMAND SUPPLY GAP 52

2.7 DOMESTIC/EXPORT MARKETS 53

2.8 ALTITUDE OF THE AREA 53

2.9 REGIONAL & LOCAL GEOLOGY 54

2.10 ESTIMATION OF RESERVE 55

2.11 YEAR WISE DEVELOPMENT PLAN 57

2.12 METHOD OF MINING 59

2.13 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA 59

2.14 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION 63

2.15 WASTE GENERATION 63

2.16 TRANSPORTATION 64

2.17 ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE 66

2.18 USE OF MINERALS 66

2.19 UTILITIES AND SITE SERVICES 66

CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 69-162

3.1 GENERAL 69

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE 70

3.3 TOPOGRAPHY 72

3.4 CLIMATIC CONDITION 74

3.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY 75

3.6 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA 77

3.7 HUMAN SETTLEMENT 77

3.8 HYDROLOGICAL ASPECT 77



3.9 METEOROLOGY 79

3.10 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 83

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 97

3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 104

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT 108

3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 115

3.15 LAND ENVIRONMENT 136

3.16 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 141

CHAPTER - IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES 163-183

4.1 INTRODUCTION 163

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE 164

4.3 IMPACT ON CLIMATE 165

4.5 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 166

4.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL 176

4.7 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITION 177

4.8 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY 178

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA & FAUNA 178

4.10 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 179

4.11 IMPACT ON SOIL 181

4.12 IMPACT ON SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 181

4.13 DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR

WORKERS 183

4.14 STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

ACTION PLAN 183

CHAPTER – V

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 184-185


5.2 FACTOR BEHIND THE SELECTION OF PROJECT

SITE 184

5.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE 185

5.4 FACTOR BEHIND SELECTION OF PROPOSED

TECHNOLOGY 185

5.5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY 185

CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 186-191


6.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 186

6.3 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT TEAM

188

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS 189

6.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT

190

CHAPTER –VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 192-199




7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 192

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & DMP 196

7.4 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, R&R ACTION

PLAN 199

CHAPTER – VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS 200-203


8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE 200

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL

INFRASTRUCTURE 201

8.4 HEALTH & SAFETY 201

8.5 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 202

8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 203

CHAPTER – IX

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 204-217


9.2 RIVER COURSE ENVIRONMENT 204

9.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 205

9.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 206

9.5 WATER MANAGEMENT 207

9.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 208

9.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 208

9.8 PLANTATION DEVELOPMENT 209

9.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 211

9.10 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH 213

9.11 PUBLIC HEALTH & SAFETY 215

9.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 216

CHAPTER – X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 218-222


10.2 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES 218

10.3 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT 219

10.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 220

10.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT 220

10.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 221

10.7 RECOMMENDATION 221

CHAPTER - XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 223-227



LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO.

PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

1.1 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE AREA 43

1.2 PROJECT DETAILS 43

1.3 DATA GENERATION 47

2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 51

2.2 COORDINATE OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA 53

2.3 LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE APPLIED LEASE

AREA

53

2.4 YEAR WISE SEQUENTIAL PLAN 58

2.5 REPLENISHMENT CALCULATION OF THE

APPLIED LEASE AREA

62

2.6 WATER REQUIREMENT 67

3.1 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE 70

3.2 MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

RECORDS FROM IMD STATIONS

80

3.3 MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

RECORDS FROM SITE AREA

81

3.4 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

STATIONS

83

3.5 PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS

AIR QUALITY PARAMETERS

86

3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (LEVEL- PM10,

PM2.5,SO2, NOX)

87

3.7 COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULT 95

3.8 RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10 96

3.9 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATION 98

3.10 NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA 101

3.11 STANDARDS OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL 101

3.12 TRAFFIC DENSITY 102

3.13 EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS 103

3.14 DURING MINE OPERATION PUCS 104

3.15 MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS 104

3.16 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY

AREA

105

3.17 SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS 108

3.18 GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION 110

3.19 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER 113

3.20 LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR

ECOLOGICAL STUDY

117

3.21 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA 124

3.22 LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS IN THE STUDY

AREA

128



3.23 LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES IN THE STUDY

AREA

132

3.24 LIST OF BIRD SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA 133

3.26 LAND USE PATTERN BASED ON SATELLITE

IMAGES

138

3.27 LAND USE PATTERN OF PRE-OPERATIONAL,

OPERATIONAL PHASE OF CORE ZONE

141

3.28 LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIO-

ECONOMIC STUDY

142

3.29 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 146

3.30 LITERACY DETAILS 150

3.31 DEMOGRAPHIC SUMMARY OF THE STUDY

AREA 153

3.32 MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN 153

4.1 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

CONCENTRATION IN OPERATIONAL PHASE

172

4.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX 183


6.2 COST OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

MEASURES

190

7.1 MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING 192

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 202

9.1 STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRAMME 209

9.2 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR PLANTATION 210

9.3 CSR ACTIVITIES 212

9.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS &

MEASURES

213

10.1 PROJECT DETAILS 219


10.3 COST OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

MEASURES

221



LIST OF FIGURES FIG.NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

2.1 TRANSPORTATION ROUTE MAP 65

2.2 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 68

3.1 PHOTOGRAPH OF RIVER BED AREA 72

3.2 TOPOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA 73

3.3 PHOTOGRAPHS OF FIELD VISIT BY EIA

COORDINATOR 74

3.4 DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 76

3.5 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 82

3.6 SAMPLING LOCATION MAP OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY MONITORING 84

3.7 PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING IN

THE STUDY AREA 85

3.8 NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING

LOCATION MAP 99

3.9 PHOTOGRAPHS OF NOISE MONITORING IN THE

STUDY AREA 100

3.10 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA 106

3.11 PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY

AREA 107

3.12 SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE

ELEVATION, ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH &

GROUND WATER OF BLOCK NO. 1 (SARASWATI

RIVER)

109

3.13 SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE

ELEVATION, ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH &

GROUND WATER OF BLOCK NO. 2 (SAGARMATI

RIVER)

110

3.14 GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION MAP 111

3.15 PHOTOGRAPHS OF WATER SAMPLING LOCATION 112

3.16 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDY 118

3.17 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN

THE STUDY AREA 119

3.18 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 139

3.19 SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA 140

3.20 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT 143

3.21 PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY IN

THE STUDY AREA 144

3.22 POPULATION DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA 156

3.23 LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION OF THE

STUDY AREA 157

3.24 SEX RATIO OF THE STUDY AREA 157

3.25 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 158

3.26 MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF THE

STUDY AREA 158

4.1 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT

AIR UALITY IN OPERATIONAL PHASE OF (BLOCK

NO. 1, SARASWATI RIVER) 1 KM FOR PM10

173

4.2 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT 173




NO. 1, SARASWATI RIVER) 10 KM FOR PM10



NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER) 1 KM FOR PM10

174



NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER) 10 KM FOR PM10

174

4.5 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF

TRANSPORTATION ROUTE IN OPERATIONAL

PHASE IN THE STUDY AREA

175

6.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 187

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. PARTICULAR

I COPY OF TOR LETTER

II COPY OF LETTER OF INTENT

III COPY OF KHASRA NUMBER WITH APPLIED AREA

IV COPY OF JAMABANDI WITH KHASRA MAP

V COPY OF APPROVAL LETTER OF MINING PLAN

VI COPY OF RESULTS OF AIR MONITORING

VII COPY OF DAY WISE DATA OF AIR MONITORING

VIII COPY OF RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10

IX COPY OF RESULTS OF NOISE MONITORING

X COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLES

XI COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND

WATER QUALITY

XII COPY OF LIST OF FLORA & FAUNA FROM FOREST

DEPARTMENT

XIII COPY OF MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING

XIV COPY OF DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

ENGAGED

LIST OF PLATES

PLATE NO. PARTICULAR

1 LOCATION MAP

2 KEY PLAN

3 SURFACE PLAN

4 GEOLOGICAL PLAN & SECTIONS

5 LAY OUT PLAN & SECTIONS



COMPLIANCE

OF

TERMS OF REFERENCE



POINT TO BE CLARIFIED TO THE EXPERT APPRAISAL

COMMITTEE, (EAC), MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS

(MOEF), NEW DELHI AS PER THE APPROVED TOR FOR RIVER BED

MINING PROJECT OF BAJRI OF SHRI ARJUN SINGH, IN

SARASWATI & SAGARMATI RIVER, NALLAH, IN TEHSIL –

PISANGAN OF DISTRICT – AJMER, STATE – RAJASTHAN, APPLIED

LEASE AREA – 163.4503 HECT.

S N. Description as per MOEF Covered in EIA as per details

1 Year-wise production details

since 1994 should be given,

clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one

year prior to 1994. It may also

be categorically informed

whether there had been any

increase in production after the

EIA Notification, 1994 came

into force w.r.t the highest

production achieved prior to

1994.

This is a new applied lease area for which LOI has

been issued. Productions yet to be commence.

2 A copy of the document in

support of the fact that the

proponent is the rightful lessee

of the mine should be given.

A copy of Letter of Intent (LOI)

Anikha/Jai/Aj/Bajri/ML- 13/2013/887 dated

18.04.2013 issued by Additional Director (Mines),

DMG, Govt. of Rajasthan in favor of applicant &

attached as Annexure No. II. Mining plan for the

area was approved vide letter no. SME/AJ/MP/4804

dated 18.11.2013. Copy of mining plan approval

letter is attached as Annexure No. V.

3 All documents including

approved mine plan, EIA report

and Public hearing should be

compatible with one another in

terms of the mine lease area,

production levels, waste

generation and its management

and mining Technology and

should be in the name of lessee.

All documents i.e. Approved Mine plan, EIA report

and public hearing documents are compatible with

one another in terms of the mine lease area,

production levels, waste generation and its

management and mining technology & it is in the

name of applicant and copy of same is enclosed.

4 All corner coordinates of the

mine lease area, superimposed

on a high resolution

imagery/toposheet should be

provided. Such as imagery of

the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and

other ecological features of the

study area (core and buffer

zone).

All corner coordinates of the applied lease area,

superimposed on toposheet in Plate No. II (Key Plan

of the Study Area). Block No. Latitude Longitude

Saraswati nadi

Block I of

51.3618 Ha.

26027’23.63” to

26027’36.75”N

74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi

Block II of

112.0885 Ha

26022’16.96” to

26021’57.32”N

74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E



5 Does the company have a well

laid down Environment policy

approved by its Board of

directors? If so, it may be spelt

out in the EIA report with

description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to

bring into focus any

infringement/deviation/violatio

n of the environmental of forest

norms/conditions? The

hierarchical system or

administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

EC conditions may also be

given. The system of reporting

of non-compliances/ violations

of environmental norms to the

board of Directors of the

company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large may also

be indicated in the EIA report.

Yes, Applicant has a well laid down Environment

Policy i.e. to

Promote environmental awareness among the

employees and encourage them to work in an

environmentally responsible manner.

Trained, educate and inform our employees about

environmental issues that may affect their work.

Where required by legislation or where significant

health, safety or environmental hazards exist,

develop and maintain appropriate emergency and

spill response programmes.

The Environmental policy, standard operating

procedures, hierarchal system, system of reporting

non-compliance has been furnished in Chapter – VI,

para. 6.2 & 6.3 on page no. 186 & 188 of EIA-EMP

Report.

6 Issues relating to mine safety,

including subsidence study in

case of underground mining

and slope study in case of open

cast mining, blasting study etc.

should be detailed. The

proposed safeguard measures in

each case should also be

provided.

Mining i.e. removal / collection of sand will be

carried out by open cast manual and no

underground mining will be done. So no subsidence

study is required.

No drilling and blasting will be carried out.

Mining will be done as per approved mining plan &

progressive mine closure plan.

All safety measures will be adopted at the time of

operational phase as it is river bed mining –

- It will be implemented to prevent access to

excavation area by unauthorized person as per

Mines Act 1952; MMR, 1961.

- Removal/ collection of sand (Bajri) will be up to 3

meter depth.

- Protective equipment like dust musk, ear plug/

muffs and other equipment will be provided for use

by workers.

7 The study area will comprise of

10 km zone around the mine

lease from lease periphery and

the data contained in the EIA

The study area comprises of 10 km zone around the

applied mine lease boundary is shown in Plate No.

II - Key Plan of the Study Area.



such as waste generation etc.

should be for the life of the

mine / lease period.

No waste will be generated during mining activities.

8 Land use of the study area

delineating forest area,

agricultural land, grazing land,

wildlife sanctuary and national

park, migratory routes of fauna,

water bodies, human

settlements & other ecological

features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease

area should be prepared to

encompass preoperational,

operational and post

operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of

change of land use should be

given.

Land use of the study area Class Names Area (Ha.)

Agriculture Plantation 5746.81

Crop Land 24723.31

Fallow Land 5317.47

River 1380.22

Scrub land 13022.15

Forest Plantation 1292.63

Forest 3015.28

Water Bodies 227.14

Waste Land 3654.67

Habitation 549.59

Wet Land 4876.24

Open Scrub Land 1537.16

Total 65342.66

Land use of the core zone: -

Particulars

Pre

operational

phase

Operational

phase

Under mining Area -- 118.0000

Dumps -- --

Plantation -- 25.0000

Road 0.3400 0.3600

Railway Track -- --

Backfilled Mined

Out -- --

Remaining virgin

Govt. land 163.1103 20.0903

Total 163.4503 163.4503

The applied river bed lease area consists of Gair

Mumkin nadi. No forest land, grazing land &

agricultural land involved. There will not be any

permanent change in land use of the core zone, as

mining activity involves only collection of sand

(Bajri). Plantation will be done around the applied

lease area.

9 Details of the land for any

overburden dumps outside the

mine lease, such as extent of

land area, distance from mine

lease, its land use, R&R issues,

if any, should be given.

No O/B or waste will be generated during course of

sand (Bajri) mining.

No R&R plan is required.

10 A Certificate from the

Competent Authority in the

State Forest Department

should be provided, confirming

the involvement of forest land,

The applied lease area is part of Gair Mumkin Nadi

& Nalla as per revenue record. No forest land

involved in the applied lease area.



if any, in the project area. In

the event of any contrary claim

by the Project Proponent

regarding the status of forests,

the site may be inspected by the

State Forest Department along

with the Regional Office of the

Ministry to ascertain the status

of forests, based on which, the

Certificate in this regard as

mentioned above be issued. In

all such cases, it would be

desirable for representative of

the State Forest Department to

assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

11 Status of forestry clearance for

the broken up area and virgin

forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of

net present value (NPV) and

compensatory afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A

copy of the forestry clearance

should also be furnished.

Not Applicable, as the applied lease area is part of

Gair Mumkin Nadi & Nallah as per revenue record.

No forest land involved.

12 Implementation status of

recognition of forest rights

under the Scheduled Tribes and

other Traditional Forest

Dwellers (Recognition of Forest

Rights) Act, 2006 should be

indicated.

Not Applicable, as the applied lease area is part of

Gair Mumkin Nadi & Nallah as per revenue record.

No forest land involved.

13 The vegetation in the RF / PF

areas in the study area, with

necessary details, Should be

given.

There are two forests (one PF near Kishanpura

village & one RF near village Gaurikund) exist in

the study area. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas

given in the Chapter III, para. 3.14 on page no. 115

of EIA-EMP report.

14 A study shall be got done to

ascertain the impact of the

mining project on Wildlife of the

study area and details

furnished. Impact of the project

on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other

protected area and accordingly

detailed mitigative measures

required, should be worked out

with cost implications and

Anticipated

impact on

flora & fauna

The flora & fauna in the core zone are so

common that they could be found in all

similar areas. So, no reduction in species

diversity & no specific mitigation measures

are proposed.

Habitat loss

or

fragmentatio

n

The proposed mining activity will not

change the existing land use of the area as

it is river bed which would be replenished

by natural means. Thus no habitat loss or

fragmentation is envisaged.

Additional

risk to rare or

endangered

There are no rare, endangered, endemic

species in the core as well as buffer area. So

no damage is going to be done on such life



submitted. or endemic or

threatened

species.

forms, which require protection by the

proposed project.

15 Location of National parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Wildlife corridors,

Tiger/Elephant reserves

(existing as well as proposed), if

any, within 10 km of the mine

lease should be clearly

indicated, supported by a

location map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden. Necessary clearance,

as may be applicable to such

projects due to proximity of the

ecologically sensitive areas as

mentioned above, should be

obtained from the State Wildlife

department/Chief Wildlife

Warden under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972 and copy

furnished.

No National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Wildlife corridors, Tiger/Elephant

reserves (existing as well as proposed), within 10

km of the applied mine lease.

16 A detailed biological study for

the study area [core zone &

buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)]

shall be carried out. Details of

flora & fauna, duly

authenticated, separately for

core and buffer zone should be

furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly

indicating the schedule of the

fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan

for their conversion should be

prepared in consultation with

State Forest and Wildlife Deptt.

and details furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds

for implementing the same

should be made as part of the

project cost.

Biological study of the study area [core zone &

buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the

mine lease)] has been carried out by Ecology &

Biodiversity Expert during the winter season (Dec.

2013- Feb. 2014).

Details of flora and fauna of core & buffer zone are

given in Chapter III, para. 3.14 on page no. 115 of

EIA-EMP Report.

During the survey no fauna of Schedule – I has been

found in core zone as well as buffer zone.

17 Proximity to Areas declared as

‘Critically Polluted’ or the

Project areas likely to come

No Critically Polluted areas as notified by the

Central Pollution Control board are located within

10 km radius from the boundary of applied mining



under the ‘Aravali Range’,

(attracting court restrictions for

mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so

required, clearance

certifications from the

prescribed Authorities, such as

the SPCB or State Mining Dept.

Should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the

proposed mining activities could

be considered.

lease area. The applied lease area does not fall

under ‘Aravali Range’. Certificate in this regards is

under process

18 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A

CRZ map duly authenticated by

one of the authorized agencies

demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ

area, location of the mine lease

w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such

as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining

Projects falling under CRZ

would also need to obtain

approval of the concerned

Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

The proposed river bed mining project does not fall

under CRZ.

19 R&R Plan/compensation details

for the Project Affected People

(PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R Plan,

the relevant State/National

Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view.

In respect of SCs /STs and other

weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based

sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action

programmes prepared and

submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral

programmes of line

departments of the State

Government. It may be clearly

brought out whether the village

located in the mine lease area

will be shifted or not. The

issues relating to shifting of

There will be no displacement of people. R & R plan

is not required.



Village including their R&R

and socio economic aspects

should be discussed in the

report.

20 One season (non-monsoon)

primary baseline data on

ambient air quality (PM10, SO2

and NOx), water quality, noise

level, soil and flora and fauna

shall be collected and the AAQ

and other data so complied

presented date-wise in the EIA

and EMP report. Site specific

meteorological data should also

be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be

such as to represent whole of

the study area and justified

keeping in view the re-

dominant downwind direction

and location of sensitive

receptors. There should be at

least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease

in the pre-dominant downwind

direction. The mineralogical

composition of PM10

particularly for free silica

should be given.

One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on

ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOx), water

quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna has

been collected during post monsoon season

(December, 2013 to February, 2014) and the AAQ

and other data are compiled in the EIA and EMP

report.

The details of ambient air quality are given in

Chapter III, para. 3.10, on page no. 83 of EIA-EMP

Report.

AAQ and other data are compiled presented date-

wise in the EIA and EMP report. Refer Annexure

No. VII.

Site specific meteorological given in Chapter III,

para. 3.9 table 3.3 on page no. 79 of EIA-EMP

Report.

One monitoring station set within 500 m of the

mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.

Refer Fig. 3.6 on page no. 84 of EIA-EMP Report.

The mineralogical composition of PM10 for free

silica given in Chapter III, Para. 3.10, Table 3.8 on

page no. 96 of EIA-EMP Report.

21 Air quality modeling should be

carried out for prediction of

impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should

also take in to account the

impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral.

The details of the model used

and the input parameters used

for modeling should be

provided. The Air quality

contours may be shown on the

location map clearly indicating

the location of site, location of

sensitive receptors, if any, and

habitation. The wind roses

showing pre-dominant wind

direction may also be indicated

ISCST3 version: Perpetual Dispersion model, based

on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, was

used for the prediction of ground level

concentrations.

Meteorological data generated at site during study

period has been used for onsite input met data.

Transportation details:

Proposed Capacity of mine/annum - 11,20,000 TPA

Proposed Capacity of mine/day – 4000 TPD

Transportation of Bajri from stack yard to

consumers will be by dumper through SH-59 &

existing village roads.

Transportation from applied lease area will be

divided into working blocks.

Tractor trolley owners will purchase Bajri from the

face.



on the map. Total around 364 transportation vehicles will be

envisaged per day on the basis of 22 tonne capacity

of trolley.

Air quality modeling has been prepared for

prediction of impact of the project

Particular

PM10

Core zone

Block no. I

Core

zone

Block

no. II

Monitored Maximum concentrations

in µg/m3 94.14 91.46

Predicted incremental Maximum

concentrations in µg/m3 0.28 0.10

Resultant Maximum concentrations

in µg/m3 91.42 91.56

NAAQS (dated 2009) 100 100

Refer Chapter IV, para. 4.5 on page no. 166 of EIA-

EMP Report.

22 The water requirement for the

project, its availability and

source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should

also be provided. Fresh water

requirement for the project

should be indicated.

Total water requirement is 20.0 KLD. The

availability of water from Dug well nearby villages

for the applied lease area.

Purpose Requirement (KLD)

Drinking 7.0

Dust Suppression 7.0

Plantation 6.0

Total 20.0

23 Necessary clearance from the

Competent Authority for drawl

of requisite quantity of water

for the project should be

provided.

Water will be sourced from nearby villages. Mutual

agreement for purchase of water between applicant

and water tanker supplier is under process.

24 Description of water

conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the

Project should be given. Details

of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any,

should be provided.

Water conservation measures proposed to be

adopted are as given below:-

Optimum utilization avoiding unnecessary wastage

of water will be done.

Awareness programs will be taken up to educate

public for conservation of water.

Alluvial formation along Saraswati & Sagarmati

River has good water storage and transmission

capacity, so different techniques of artificial

augmentation of ground water resources will be

adopted.

25 Impact of the project on the

water quality, both surface and

groundwater should be assesses

No impact on surface as well as ground water

quality, because no waste water will be discharged

due to mining and mining will be restricted above



and necessary safeguard

measures, if any required,

should be provided.

ground water. The ultimate depth of mining will be

3m from the surface level. Therefore, impact of

removal/ collection of Bajri mining are not likely to

happen on ground water regime.

26 Based on actual monitored

data, it may clearly be shown

whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data

and documentation in this

regard may be provided. In case

the case working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed

Hydro geological study should

be undertaken and report

furnished. Necessary

permission from Central

Ground Water Authority for

working below ground water

and for pumping of ground

water should also be obtained

and copy furnished.

No ground water will be intersecting during course

of mining as removal / collection of sand (Bajri) is

restricted up to a depth of 3 meter only.

Permission from CGWA is not required as no

ground water intersect during course of Sand

(Bajri). The required water will be plantation etc.

from local dug owner.

27 Details of any stream, seasonal

or otherwise, passing through

the lease area and modification

/ diversion proposed, if any, and

the impact of the same on the

hydrology should be brought

out.

No proposal for modification/ diversion of any

stream or otherwise. Hydrological study is not

required.

The drainage pattern of the study area is given in

Chapter III, Fig. 3.4 on page no. 76 of EIA-EMP

Report.

28 Information on site elevation,

working depth, groundwater

table etc. should be provided

both in AMSL and bgl. A

schematic diagram should also

be provided for the same.

Schematic Representation of Site Elevation,

Ultimate Depth & Ground Water of Block no. 1

(Saraswati River)

Schematic Representation of Site Elevation,

Ultimate Depth & Ground Water of Block no. 2

(Sagarmati River)

365 mRL (25.0 BGL Pre monsoon)

370 mRL (20 BGL Post monsoon) WATER TABLE

387 mRL (3.0meter) ULTIMATE DEPTH

397mRL HIGHEST CONTOUR

Proposed working will not intersect Ground

water table.

LOWEST CONTOUR 390 mRL



29 A time bound Progressive

Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant

species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed

up front on commencement of

the project.

Progressive Greenbelt Development -

Year

Along the periphery of

the Applied lease area Selected species

Area (Hect.) Saplings

I 5.0 5000 Neem, Pipal,

Kaner, lemon, Pila

Kaner, Arjun, Ber,

Mahua, Bargad,

Siris,Mahandi, as

per discussion with

forest department

saplings will be

grown in the area

II 5.0 5000

III 5.0 5000

IV 5.0 5000

V 5.0 5000

Total 25.0 25000

30 Impact on local transport

infrastructure due to the project

should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as

result of the project in the

present road network (including

those outside the project area)

should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable

of handling the incremental

load. Arrangement for

improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action

to be taken by other agencies

such as State Government)

should be covered.

The transportation of sand (Bajri) will be done by

transportation vehicles through existing villages’

road and highways.

The proposed project for the transportation of sand

about 364 PCUs calculated.

Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS

Road V C Modified

V/C Ratio LOS

All villages 1351 3,000 0.45 C

SH – 59 1233 10,000 0.12 A

Results- From the above analysis it can be seen that

the V/C ratio is likely to change to 0.45 & 0.12 with

LOS being “C & A’’ which is Good & Excellent, as

per classification. So the additional load on the

carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not

likely to have any adverse effect.

As the working is proposed in two different blocks in

the area. So there will be not much increase in

traffic on a particular place. The area is capable of

handling the incremental load.






water table.




31 Details of the onsite shelter and

facilities to be provided to the

mine workers should be

included in the EIA report.

Onsite shelter and facilities will be provided to the

mine workers as per Approved Mining Plan & as

per Mines Rules.

Following are the infrastructural facilities which

will be provided to the workers:

-Rest Shelter, Washrooms separately for male &

female workers, sanitary facility, first aid facilities,

etc.

- Personal protective equipment as ear muffs, gloves

etc. will be provided to the workers

32 Conceptual post mining land

use and Reclamation and

Restoration of mined out areas

(with plans and with adequate

number of sections) should be

given in the EIA report.

Land use of the core zone-

Particulars

Pre

operational

phase

Operational

phase

Under mining Area -- 118.0000

Dumps -- --

Plantation -- 25.0000

Road 0.3400 0.3600

Railway Track -- --

Backfilled Mined

Out -- --

Remaining virgin

Govt. land 163.1103 20.0903

Total 163.4503 163.4503

33 A time bound Progressive

Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant

species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed

up front on commencement of

the project. Phase wise plan of

plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be

covered under plantation and

the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already

done should be given.

Same as TOR point No. 29

34 Occupational health impact of

the project should be

anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out

in details. Details of pre-

placement medical

Safety of workers during mining operation and

maintenance of transportation vehicles will be

taken care as per MMR 1961. To avoid any

adverse effect on the health of workers due to

dust, noise sufficient measures will be provided.

Anticipated Proposed mitigation measures



examination and periodical

medical examination schedules

should be incorporated in the

EMP.

Occupational

Health &

Safety Impacts

Lung diseases

and

Respiratory

disorder due to

dust exposure

- Dust mask will be provided to

workers.

- Precaution will be adopted to

prevent dust generation at site and

dispersing in the environment.

- Regular health monitoring of

workers.

- Training & awareness camps will

be conducted for workers on health

problems.

- Air emission control system such

as water sprinkling, green belt

development.

- Free silica analysis of mineral will

be done.

- Budget of pollution control Rs. 1.0

lacs. I.e. dust suppression by water

sprinkling is proposed in EMP.

Noise - Ear muffs will be provided.

- Good Maintenance of vehicles.

Accident at site - PPE will be provided to workers

likely hand gloves, safety shoes etc.

Others - Awareness program/ training

programme will be organized for workers

for occupational safety.

- Smoking & tobacco will be banned

at site.

All periodic medical examination of the mine

workers will be done regularly.

- Pre-placement & periodically medical

examination will be conducted as per mines rule 29

B of 1955.

- Pre-placement health checkup will be made

mandatory and periodic health checkup will be

done.

- Medical records of each employee will be

maintained separately and will be updated as

required.

- Medical examination of workers including

chest x-ray of employee will be undertaken.

35 Public health implications of

the Project and related

activities for the population in

the impact zone should be

systematically evaluated and

the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed

along with budgetary

allocations.

The most common diseases in this region are

common cold and cough, malaria, enteric fever like

typhoid.

In this proposed project, impact on the health of

public has been assessed and the remedial

measures have been proposed by the applicant. At

the primary basis provision of first aid has been

adopted.



Adverse health impact will be due to air pollution,

noise pollution etc.

All control measures for air emissions, noise control

will be taken to strictly comply with norms.

Periodical free health camps will be taken up in the

villages.

Measures: -

- Tractor trolley will be covered by tarpaulin

covers to control the air pollution.

- Catalyze combustion fitted with tractor

trolley and silencers to air pollution.

- All transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC

Certificates to noise pollution.

- Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 10

km/hr in the village area to noise pollution.

About 1.0 Lacs will be spent for public health.

36 Measures of socio economic

significance and influence to the

local community proposed to be

provided by project proponent

should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative

dimension may be given with

time frame for implementation.

The mining activity in this area will have positive

impact on social economic condition of the area by

way of providing employment to the local in-

habitats.

Wages paid to them will increase the per capital

income, housing, education, medical and

transportation facilities, economic status health and

agriculture.

In order to further improve the socio economic

conditions of the area, the management will

contribute for development in consultation with

local bodies.

Thus project will have positive impact on the

surrounding local community.

Particu

lars Activity

Rs. (in Lacs)

Capita

l Cost

Recu

rring

Cost

Educati

on

- Distribution of school

bags & stationery items to

school children.

- Distribution of books in

school.

- Renovation of school

building.

- Distribution of sports

goods among school children.

- Books/ Chemicals/

Sports kits to school library/

laboratory/ sports department

3.0 0.6



Health - General health camp for

nearby villagers.

- Eye checkup camp.

- Distribution of

medicines free of cost.

3.0 1.0

Infrastr

ucture

develop

ment

- Renovation of nearby

community hall, school

buildings, Anganbari center.

Repair of school terrace.

. Construction of washroom in

nearby villages.

3.0 2.0

Drinkin

g water

& other

facilitie

s

- Support for supply of drinking

water.

Awareness programmes for

villagers.

1.0 0.4

Total 10.0 4.0

37 Detailed environmental

management plan to mitigate

the environmental impact

which, should inte-alia include

the impacts of change of land

use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any,

occupational health impacts

besides other impacts pacific to

the proposed project.

Particulars Details

Air

Quality

Manage

ment

Loading Water sprinkling will be

done before loading by making it

moist.

Transporta

tion

Water sprinkling during

transportation over approach

roads will be done for suppression

of dust.

Regular maintenance of

machinery will be carried out.

Overloading will be

prevented.

Tractor trolley will be

covered by tarpaulin covers.

Plantation Plantation will be carried

out at the approach road, river

bank and vicinity area.

Monitoring Periodic air quality

monitoring will be done and

adequate measures will be taken.

Noise

Manage

ment

Transporta

tion

Source of noise will be

during operation of transportation

vehicles, for this proper

maintenance will be done at

regular intervals.

Oiling & greasing at

regular interval will be done.

Adequate silencers will be

provided in all the diesel engines

of vehicles.

Minimum use of horns

and speed limit of 10 km/hr. in

the village area.

Its will be ensured that all

transportation vehicles carry a

valid PUC Certificates.

Plantation Plantation will be carried

out at the approach road, river

bank and vicinity area.

Monitoring Periodic noise quality



monitoring will be done and

adequate measures will be taken.

Water

Quality

manage

ment

Surface

water

quality

mgt.

Waste water will not be

generated during removal/

collection of sand.

Ground

water

quality

manageme

nt

Ground water will not be

intersected during mining

activities.

Excavation will be carried

out up to a maximum depth of 3

meter from the surface of Bajri

deposit.

Waste

water

manageme

nt

Waste water will not be

generated during removal/

collection of sand.

Washrooms will be made

available near working blocks.

Septic tanks and soak pits

will be provided for the disposal of

domestic/ washrooms effluents.

Solid Waste

Management

No waste is generated in

the mining activities as the

project involves collection of Bajri.

River bank protection

& management

Collection will be done

during day light only.

No stockpiling of collected

Bajri will be done.

Mining will be done for 3

meter thickness at a time in the

direction of river, to avoid the

providing effect & maintaining

the uniform surface.

Markers showing water

level will be marked on the site.

Environment Management plan are given in

Chapter IX on page no. 204 of EIA-EMP Report.

38 Public hearing points raised

and commitment of the project

proponent on the same along

with time bound action plan to

implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated

in the final EIA/EMP report of

the project.

Public hearing has been conducted on dated

17.09.2014, at Rajeev Gandhi Sewa Kendra Gram –

Govindgarh, Tehsil – Pisangan, District - Ajmer and

points raised during the Public Hearing will be

given in below table.

Issues raised by

the Public

Response/

Commitment

of Project

Proponents

Action Plan

Fund

Allotm

ent

(in Rs.

Lacs)

1. Shri

Prakash

Kumawat, Ward

Punch, village

Govindgarh told

that, at present

mines are

running, but no

money has been

Environment

management

fund is

submitted to

the Govt.

which is

proposed for

the

development

Constructio

ns of

washrooms

and other

infrastructu

ral

development

in nearby

villages.

2.0



spent over the

project by the

project

proponents. He

affirmed that

Govindgarh Gram

Panchayat people

should be allowed

to keep Bajri

royalty-free and

also stated that

the Gram

Panchayat has no

knowledge

regarding the

lease area. He

proposed that the

revenue from the

lease should be

brought for

development of

the village. He

further stated

that the farmers

have received the

NOC from the

panchayat for the

water of the well,

which flows from

the lease area to

the agricultural

land through

pipelines. He also

asked to clarify

the practices

undertaken in the

lease area for the

mining operation.

of the village.

For the

development

of Panchayat

2% of royalty

will be spent

under the

District

Council. He

told that as

per the

mining rules

no mining can

be done in the

range of 45m

distance from

the wells.

Plantation

will be done in

the public

places

according to

the acceptance

of the

Panchayat.

The mining

lease has not

been granted

for the whole

river area,

mining will be

done only in

some selected

Khasra.

The

removal/

collection of

Bajri will be

done as per

approved

mining plan.

2. Shri

Satyanarayan

Yadav, village

Govindgarh asked

whether the

mining area is

free from grazing

land or not? He

also asked

whether the

cutting of the

plantations in the

area will be done

according to the

Contractor or the

villagers. What is

the solution for

the negative

effects of mining

No grazing

land is

involved in

this proposed

project.

Mining will be

done as per

approved

mining plan.

About 5000

sapling per

year will be

planted

along the

lease

boundary &

nearby

villages.

2.0



on water of the

wells? He also

apprised about the

violation of rules

during the

transportation of

Bajri and made

everyone realize

about the

misbehavior of the

lessee with the

villagers. He

asked about the

distance between

the mining areas

to the wells.

Finally he

objected the

mining and denied

for the lease to be

granted for Bajri.

3. Shri

Jitendra Vyas

villager of

Govindgarh asked

whether reserve of

the Bajri is kept

or not for the

villagers to be

used in future?

Proposed lease

is for 5 Years

only. Balance

reserves will

still be left at

the end of

lease period

Mining will

be carried

out as per

approved

mining plan.

During the

course of the

flow of the

river in the

rainy

season,

Bajri will

get

deposited.

--

4. Shri

Surajkaran,

villager of

Budhwara

enquired whether

the mining can be

done in the

catchment area of

river or not? He

stated that NOC

for the lease grant

should also be

received from the

Gram Panchayat.

He mentioned

that the

development

amount must also

be given to Gram

panchayat.

Mining will be

confined in

the allotted

lease area

only. NOC is

not required

from Gram

Panchayat as

per rules.

Mining will

be carried

out as per

approved

mining plan.

Area is

allotted by

the Govt.

hence, NOC

is from

Gram

Panchayat

is not

required.

--



5. Shri Om

Prakash, Press

reporter, Pisangan

told that the

Technical

consultant says

that there is no

forest area in the

lease area but

actually it is not

so. He stated that

Mining is carried

out with

machineries not

manually. He told

that this area falls

under the Dark

zone since last 8

years, thus

doubted the

possibility of

upcoming heavy

rainfall sufficient

enough for

replacement and

recharge of the

sand. The lease

area is under M/s.

Arjun Singh, and

till date he has

not made any

efforts for the

betterment of the

village, no

plantation has

been done, no

sprinkling of

water and no

measures have

been adopted for

controlling the

pollution. Besides

this many plants

were cut in the

last six months by

the Lessee. Apart

from this the

statutory barrier

of Sagarmati

River has been

destroyed by the

Lessee. He asked

about the

belongings of the

857 labours

presented to be

employed.

All measures

will be taken

as per

EMP/MP after

the lease is

granted.

No forest

land is

involved in

this project.

Mining will

be carried

out as per

approved

mining plan.

Local people

will be

employed

from nearby

villages.

--



6. Shri

Jagpal Singh

Shaktavat,

Additional

Sarpunch of

Govindgarh said

that only one

pipeline should be

installed for one

well and the

farmers must be

acquainted with

the land they own.

This work of

laying

pipelines

from well is

under the

PHED and

is carried

out

accordingly

with

consultation

s of Gram

Panchayat/

Local

authorities.

--

7. Shri

Sharvan Singh

Rawat, Village

Akhepura, told

that the Grazing

land available

where the animals

graze in Akhepura

should not be

granted the lease,

so that no

problems are

created in future.

No grazing

land is

involved in

this project.

--

Annexure – G, Written Comments is received from Om

Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer

1. With the

help of Japan Govt.

about 44,000 plants

were planted in

lease area during

1995-96 near the

Sagarmati River,

near village

Nuriyawas, for the

control of erosion

under the Social

forestry plan. The

plants are being cut

for the mining

purpose.

--

The plants

have not been

cut by us as

the lease is

still to be

allotted in our

favour, only

LOI has been

given.

--

2. Governmen

t has declared

Pisangan under the

dark zone area due

to the deficiency of

rainfall and low

water table in this

area. Then how the

mining department

is granting the

lease considering

the place under

--

Mean annual

rainfall (1987-

2006) of the

district is

453.2 mm

whereas

normal

rainfall (1901-

70) is lower

than average

rainfall and

placed at

--



“general to high

rainfall” If the rain

would have been

normal then

Pisangan shouldn’t

have ever been

declared in the

Dark Zone.

433.8. About

0.8 to 1 meter

of Bajri will be

deposited

annually. No

ground water

table will be

intersected

during mining

operations.

3. The former

contractor was Shri

Arjun Singh only.

While Pisangan

Tehsildar & Mining

Engineer have

reported to the

Government about

the trees being cut

in the lease area in

Khasra no. 864,

Nuriyawas village.

The rules are not

being followed by

the contractor, so

why no action has

not been taken so

far?

--

These plants

did not cut by

us.

--

4. Till date

Government has

spent rupees 23, 87,

876.51 for the

surface barrier in

the grazing land of

Pisangn area

without allocation.

The Contractor has

fully abolished and

misused the money

in the sand mining.

Why the

administration is

not active until

now?

-- -- --

5. The

Govindgarh dam

has been

constructed under

the Govindgarh

Dam Project at

Pisangan tehsil,

within the

Catchment area of

Sagarmati River.

What is reason for

not accepting the

order of Supreme

--

--

--



Court to restore the

situation as it was

before the mid-

night of 15.08.1947?

Annexure – H, Site Inspection Report from Mining Office

1. At the site

(Khasra No. 864) in

the lease area one

pit exists

measuring 79mt x

45m. It’s Latitude

and Longitude is N

26°22’04.3” to

74°37’20.6”.

At site, this

pit is old

--

2. Mining has

been done in one pit

3 m below the

surface by the

Contractor. On site

the pit was found

closed.

At site, this

pit is old;

Mining will be

carried out as

per approved

mining plan &

depth of

mining will be

3 meter only.

--

3. Backfilling

has not been done

in the pits after the

excavation by the

contractor.

Villagers told that

there can be loss of

life and animals

due to filling of

water, which is

right as per the

inspection.

Backfilling is

not proposed

in this

proposed

project.

Because the

main purpose

of the

proposed

project is

removal/

collection of

sand. Natural

replenishment

will take place

during the

monsoon

season.

--

4. Many

plants have been

cut near the pit

area and some

plants are in the

damaged conditions

about to fall.

These plants

are not cut by

us. About

5000 sapling

per year will

be planted

along the lease

boundary &

nearby

villages.

--

Total 4.0

39 Details of litigation pending

against the project, if any, with

direction /order passed by any

Court of Law against the

There is no litigation pending against the project.



project should be given.

40 The cost of the project (capital

cost and recurring cost) as well

as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should

clearly be spelt out.

Capital cost of project – 66.0 Lacs

Capital cost of EMP – 18.00 lacs

Recurring cost of EMP – 9.00 lacs

Particulars Capital cost (in

lacs)

A site office, store & rest shelter 5.0

Machinery & tools 3.0

Bank guarantee (financial assurance) 21.5

Approach road 5.0

EMP Cost 18.0

Social fund 10

Miscellaneous 3

Grant Total 65.50 or says

66 lacs

Capital & Re- Curing Cost for EMP

Particulars Capital

cost

Recurring cost /

annum

Pollution control 5.00 1.00

Pollution monitoring 5.00 1.00

Green belt 5.00 2.00

Occupational health 3.00 1.00

TOTAL 18.00 5.00

41 Details of replenishment

studies.

Calculation of Sediment Yield

Applied lease area (under river bed) – 163.4503 ha.

Proposed working area in operational phase:

118.0 ha.

Proposed production: 11, 20,000 TPA of Sand.

Drainage basin area of river Saraswati –

251.36 km2 & Sagarmati – 150.68 km2.

Normal Annual Rainfall: 453.2 mm.

With above inputs, the calculation of the

sediment yield by the Dandy and Bolton

formula is illustrated below:

Replenishment Calculation of Applied Lease

Area

Blocks

Q

(Mean

annual

rainfall

in mm)

A

(catchme

nt Area

in km2)

S

(Sediment

yield)

(tons/year)

Saraswati River

Block No. 1 453.2 251.36 59250.22

Sagarmati River

Block No. 2 453.2 150.68 37765.02



With above formula the value of S about 97015.04

tons/year in block no. 1 & in block no. 2.

42 Details of Transportation of

mined out materials as per the

Indian Road Congress for both

the ways (loaded as well as

unloaded trucks) load and its

impact on Environment.

As per the study of traffic density conducted at SH –

59 and existing villages road is capable of handling

the additional traffic i.e. 364 dumpers due to

propose mining. Not much impact on local

transportation for sand (Bajri) from applied lease

area is anticipated. The Level of Services (LOS)

value from the proposed mine may be “Good” for all

existing village road.

43 Proper species specific

Conservation plan for

Schedule–I and II species;

No species of Schedule – I & II fauna is found; so no

conservation plan is required.

44 Impact of mining on plankton. Mining will be done in the dry state of proposed

blocks for removal/ collection of sand. So there will

not be any impact on plankton of the river.

45 Details of mining activity to be

provided w.r.t Block Wise/

Calendar wise/ Zonal wise, as

the mine lease area is having a

long stretch.

Name

of

River

Leng

th

(m)

Wid

th

(m)

Thickn

ess (m)

Volume

(Cum)

M.T.=

(Vol. *

B.D.)

Remarks

First year

Sarasw

ati

River

Block

No. I 306 378 3.0 347004

55520

6.4

Near

village

Govindga

rh,

Akhepur

a,

Jaswant

pura

Sagar

mati

River

Block

No. II 290 406 3.0 353220

56515

2

Near

village

Pisangan

,

Budhwar

a,

Nuriyaw

as

Total 700224 11203

58

Second year

Sarasw

ati

River

Block

No. I 300 457 3.0 411300

65808

0

Near

village

Govindga

rh,

Akhepur

a,

Jaswant

pura

Sagar

mati

River

Block

No. II

330 292 3.0 289080 46252

8

Near

village

Pisangan

,

Budhwar

a,



Nuriyaw

as

Total 700380 11206

08

Third Year

Sarasw

ati

River

Block

No. I 320 506 3.0 485760

77721

6

Near

village

Govindga

rh,

Akhepur

a,

Jaswant

pura

Sagar

mati

River

Block

No. II 265 270 3.0 214650

34344

0

Near

village

Pisangan

,

Budhwar

a,

Nuriyaw

as

Total 700410 11206

56

Fourth Year

Sarasw

ati

River

Block

No. I 284 526 3.0 448152

71704

3.2

Near

village

Govindga

rh,

Akhepur

a,

Jaswant

pura

Sagar

mati

River

Block

No. II 311 270 3.0 251910

40305

6

Near

village

Pisangan

,

Budhwar

a,

Nuriyaw

as

Total 700062 11200

99

Fifth Year

Sarasw

ati

River

Block

No. I 324 444 3.0 431568

69050

8.8

Near

village

Govindga

rh,

Akhepur

a,

Jaswant

pura

Sagar

mati

River

Block

No. II

332 270 3.0 268920 43027

2

Near

village

Pisangan

,

Budhwar

a,



Nuriyaw

as

Total 700488 11207

81

46 Details of Gradient of river bed

to be provided. Name of River

Length

(mtr.)

Width (mtr) Gradient

Max. Min.

Saraswati River

Block No. 1 2796.0 670 171 1 in 399

Sagarmati River

Block No. 2 3529.0 584 62 1 in 504

47 Details of excavation schedule

& sequential mining plan.

Year Name of

River Remarks

First

year

Saraswati

River Block

No. I

About 306 meter length & 378 m

width of the proposed blocks for

removal/ collection of sand in the

area towards near village Govind

garh to Akhepura village.

Sagarmati

River Block

No. II




area towards near village

Budhwara to Nuriyawas village.

Second

year

Saraswati

River Block

No. I






Sagarmati

River Block

No. II






Third

Year

Saraswati

River Block

No. I






Sagarmati

River Block

No. II






Fourth

Year

Saraswati

River Block

No. I






Sagarmati

River Block

No. II






Fifth

Year

Saraswati

River Block

No. I








Sagarmati

River Block

No. II






48 Mining Plan shall be prepared

carefully, dividing lease area

into manageable blocks to

ensure scientific and systematic

mining of minor minerals.

Mining Plan has been prepared carefully, dividing

lease area into manageable blocks to ensure

scientific and systematic mining of sand. The

mining plan has been approved vide order no.

SME/AJ/MP/4084, dated 18.11.2013.

49 The base line data shall be

collected so as to represent the

whole mine lease area.

The base line data is collected to represent the area

given in Chapter III of EIA-EMP report.

=====******= ====



ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT

&

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN



CHAPTER - I

INTRODUCTION

Mining Environment and development have become complimentary to

each other. As a result of developmental activities visible ill-effects of

the environmental degradation are clear and give signals of the

concern. Therefore a sustainable development of the area involving

extraction of mineral wealth vis-à-vis protection of environment is

the ultimate solution for betterment of mankind.

1.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT

The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared to assess the

current environmental scenario of the area and then based on the

activities of mining proposed, to carry out Environmental Management

Plan. The plan will identify and address the impacts, where these are

adverse in nature, and thereafter design mitigative measures to

manage such impacts in a manner as to conserve environment and

ecology of the area. The EMP has been prepared with a view to

ultimately ensure that the adverse impacts are minimized if these

cannot be prevented altogether.

Environmental clearance is a statutory requirement for the new and

old establishment of any mining project of which EIA has to be prepared

and submitted to respective agencies of state and center level in line

with EIA Notification, 1994 & 2006.

As per new EIA Notification dated 14th Sept. 2006, Environmental

Clearance is required at the fresh grant, time of renewal of mining lease &

enhancement of production where in the area is 5.00 hect & above .

This project fall under category “A”, project, area is above 50 hect,

therefore this project requires Environment clearance from MOEF New

Delhi.



The application for EC was submitted on 19.08.2013 to EAC, MOEF, New

Delhi. The meeting held with the EAC (mining) during 12th meeting held

on 31.10.2013 to 01.11.2013 and issued TOR letter no. J-11015/326/2013-

IA.II (M) Dated 22.11.2013, for preparation of an Environment Impact

Assessment & Environment Management Plan (EIA-EMP) Report in

respect of the project.

Refer Annexure No. I: Copy of TOR Letter.

1.2. IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of Project

Name of the project: River bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri)

(Applied Lease area 163.4503 Hect.)

Fresh Grant and production 11, 20,000 TPA

Location of the project: At

Near Village - Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan,

Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District – Ajmer (Rajasthan)

1.2.2 Identification of Proponent

Applicant: Sh. Arjun Singh

Village – Chandupura,

Nasibpur Kanna,

Tehsil – Nagina

District Bijnaur, (U.P.)

1.3 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION

River Bed Mining area (Saraswati & Sagarmati River) of Sh. Arjun Singh

S/o Shri Ramendra Singh, is situated near villages: Govindgarh, Akhepura,

Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan &

District – Ajmer of State Rajasthan over an area of 163.4503 ha.



The Letter of Intent (LOI) was issued by Additional Director, (Mines)

Department of Mines & Geology, Jaipur, vide letter no.

Anikha/jai/aj/bajri/khp-13/2013/884, on dated 18.04.2013, with conditions

imposed that to produce within three months, 1) approved Mining Plan of

the area, and to produce within one year, 2) Environmental Clearance

from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, 3) An

affidavit of financial assurance under rule 37(J) of Rajasthan Minor

Mineral Concession Rules 1986, as per RMMCR’ 1986, validity period of

lease is five years.

Refer Annexure No. II: Copy of Letter of Intent (LOI)

River Bed Mining area of Sh. Arjun Singh, is situated near villages Near

village - Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada,

Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan & District – Ajmer of State Rajasthan over an

area of 163.4503 ha. List of villages, Khasra numbers, Jamabandi and lease

area map of the lease area is attached.

Refer Annexure No. III & IV: Copy of List of Village, Jamabandi & Applied

Lease area Map.

The plan showing applied mining lease area comprising 163.4503 Ha,

with composite G.T. sheets nos. 45J/6, 7 & 11 (adjoining each other), 54

B/1 & 5.

Mining plan has been approved vide letter no. SME/AJ/MP/4084 dated

18.11.2013 under MCDR/MCR.

Refer Annexure No. V: Copy of Letter of Approved Mining Plan.

1.4 PRODUCTION DETAILS

This applied area is fresh grant and no production is commenced.



TABLE 1.1: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE AREA

River Name Total

(Ha.) Saraswati Nadi Block I

(Ha.)

Sagarmati Nadi Block II

(Ha.)

51.3618 112.0885 163.4503

TABLE 1.2: PROJECT DETAIL

S. No Particulars Details

1 Locations

2 Name of River Saraswati & Sagarmati River

3 Project name River Bed mining project of Ordinary

sand (Bajri)

4 Near village Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura,

Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas.

5 Tehsil Pisangan

6 District Ajmer

7 State Rajasthan

8 Applied Lease area 163.4503 hectare

9 Proposed

production

11,20,000 TPA of Sand (Bajri)

10 Latitude & Longitude

Block No. Latitude Longitude

Saraswati nadi

Block I of 51.3618

Ha.

26027’23.63” to

26027’36.75”N

74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi

Block II of 112.0885

Ha

26022’16.96” to

26021’57.32”N

74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E

11

Nearest National

Highway

National Highway No. 8 is passing over

in the SE side, coming from Beawar

going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km

from the Block No. II.



12

Nearest Railway

station & Airport

Railway Station – Mangliyawas, 20 km

away from the Pisangan.

Airport - Jaipur (183 Km. from Pisangan).

Pisangan to applied lease area is 6 km.

13 Nearest Tourist

Place

None within the study area.

14 Archeological Place No archaeological site within core &

buffer zone.

15

National Park ,

Wild Life

Sanctuary, Wild

Life Corridors,

Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory routes for

Birds,

Reserved/Protected

Forest

Forest Between

Latitude Longitude

Near

Kishanpura

village (P.F.

& R.F.)

260 25’ To

260 30’

740 25’ To

740 30’

Gaurikund

R.F.

260 20’ To

260 30’

740 30’ To

740 35’

14 Nearest major city Pisangan is about 6.0 km from the

applied lease area.

15 Nearest Water

bodies

Applied Lease area itself part of water

body.

16 Nearest town Pisangan is 6 km away in NW direction

from applied lease area Block No. II.

District H.Q. – Ajmer 49 km.

1.5 LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION

1.5.1 Location

The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in

Saraswati & Sagarmati River is situated near village Govindgarh,

Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil –

Pisangan & District – Ajmer of State – Rajasthan.



Saraswati River (Block No. – I), is about 6.5 km in NE direction &

Sagarmati River Block No. II is about 5.5 km in NNW direction from the

Pisangan Tehsil Headquarter.

The nearest District HQ is Ajmer which is 49 Km from Pisangan.

1.5.2 Communication

Road link

There are many public roads passing through the area from Towns and

villages. Approach roads to villages and towns are cutting across

Sagarmati nadi and Saraswati nadi in the applied area. Main road of

National Highway No. 8 is passing over in the SE side, coming from

Beawar going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km from the Block No. II.

Rail link

The Nearest Railway station is at Mangliawas, which is about 20 km

away from Pisangan. Northwestern railway line passes through the area

coming from Beawar in the east to Ajmer in the west.

Air link

The Nearest Airport is Jaipur at a Distance of 183 kms from Pisangan

Tehsil Headquarter.

1.5.3 Basic Amenities

Power

No electric power supply is available at mine site, while electricity is

available in the study area.

Amenities

The nearest police station is at Pisangan. In the study area, police station,

court, drinking, telephone and other facilities is available.



1.6 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The main objectives of this EMP are listed below:

* To establish the present environmental scenario.

* To anticipate the impacts of proposed future

mining operations on the environment.

* To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigative

measures.

* To suggest preventive and mitigative measures to minimize adverse

impact and to maximize beneficial impacts.

* To prepare a compensatory afforestation scheme.

* To suggest a monitoring programmed to evaluate the effectiveness of

mitigative measures.

* To suggest the formation of a core group responsible for

implementation of environmental control and protective measures and

monitoring of such implementation.

* To suggest a feedback mechanism enabling to make mid -

course corrections.

* To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for

Environmental Management Plan.

1.7 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

M/s. Udaipur Min–Tech Pvt. Ltd. was assigned the job of conduction of

EIA report of the proposed Saraswati & Sagarmati River Bed mining

project of sand (Bajri) Tehsil – Pisangan of District – Ajmer, State –

Rajasthan of Shri Arjun Singh.

The study was conducted within 10 Km radius from the proposed mine as

center. The base line data collection involves the data’s of air quality,

water status, land use, socio-economic structure of the study area, existing

flora, fauna, prevailing noise levels, along with the physiographical status

and meteorological conditions of the area. The current report is based on



the mining technique, air emissions, waste water generation and

discharge, and solid waste management.

Effective plans to mitigate the adverse impacts and suggestive pollution

control measures along with environmental management plan have been

summarized.

1.8 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The terms of reference on the basis of which the EIA has been prepared

are given below:

1.8.1 Data generation

The data has been generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, and M/s

Eco Laboratories & Consultation Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), in accordance

with the requirement of statutory agencies. The monitoring and testing

has been done as per the guidelines of MoEF and the IS standards.

Monitoring has been conducted for the following parameters:

TABLE 1.3: DATA GENERATION

S.

No Description

No. of

locations

Total No. of

samples

1.0

AIR

Ambient air monitoring (24 hourly

samples), twice a week for 3

months for one season.

Parameters:PM10,SO2, NOx,

11 264

1.1

Meteorological parameters will be

measured at hourly duration

simultaneously at one air

monitoring station for 3 months

Parameters:

a. Wind speed, direction

b. Relative humidity

c. Temperature

d. Cloudiness

e. Rainfall

1 90 days

2.0

WATER

Water/effluents sample to be

collected from each of the various

7 Ground

water

7 Ground

water



locations (surface and ground

water) in core and buffer zone (10

km radius).

Parameters:

Water/effluents: tested for

physical and chemical and

biological parameters as well as

according to applicable standards.

3.0 SOIL 6 6

4.0

NOISE

Hourly readings taken for 24

hours (Leq)

11 11 sets

5.0 TRAFFIC DENSITY 1 1 set

1.8.2 Data Collection

The EIA study is being done for the Applied Mine Lease (core zone) and

area within 10 km radius (buffer zone), both of which comprise the ‘study

area. The following data, through field survey and other sources, has been

collected by Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, for preparing the EIA/EMP for

the proposed mining area with related facilities.

i Details of wild fauna and flora within a distance of 10 km from the

project site and information about forests, if any.

ii. Eco-sensitive places, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves within 10 km

radius.

iii. Major industries within 10 km radius.

iv. Religious places / historical monuments and tourist places within

10 km radius.

v. Land use pattern within core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius

around the core zone) based on census and satellite image and cropping

pattern.

vi. Demography and Socio-economic based on last available Census

data for entire study area.

vii. Relevant meteorological data, for previous decades from Indian

Meteorological Department (IMD)

viii. Study of present environmental protection and mitigation

measures in nearby operating similar projects, if any.



ix. Geo-hydrological aspects based on available data from various

secondary sources.

x. Identification of water bodies, hills, roads etc. within 10 km

radius.

1.8.3 Preparation of EMP

The EMP will include the following details:

a. Study of the reports like Geological report, Feasibility Report or

mining plan made available by the client.

b. Present Environmental Setting

The base line data generated and collected as per para 1.8 will be

used to establish the present environment scenario.

c. Identification, prediction and evaluation of Anticipated

Environmental Impact due to the proposed Mine and related facilities.

The environmental impacts would be anticipated in core and buffer zone

on:

- Topography and drainage

- Climate

- Water quality(Surface/Ground)

- Hydro-geological Regime

- Air quality

- Noise Levels

- Flora and Fauna

- Traffic density

- Land-Use

- Socio-Economic Conditions

- Habitat

- Health, culture, human environment including public health,

occupational health and safety.

- Sensitive Places/Historical Monuments.

The impacts would be anticipated based on experience of similar

projects.



d. Proposed Environmental Safeguards and Monitoring Mechanism.

Relevant guidelines as per Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)

Notification issued in January 1994 and subsequently on 14th September

2006 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 will be kept in mind

while spelling out mitigation measures.

The following aspects would be covered

i. Reclamation of areas disturbed during mining but not required for

any activity after exhaustion of reserves.

ii. Measures to control the surface and ground water pollution

due to various effluents to be discharged, if any.

iii. Measures to control air pollution due to proposed

activities/operation.

iv. Green belt development plan and reclamation plan of mine.

v. Measures to contain noise pollution & mitigate adverse impact on

workers and habitat in core and buffer zone.

vi. Pronounce the improvement in socio-economic conditions &

benefits the people will get on implementation of the project.

vii. Measures to control health hazard of workers and surrounding

population.

viii. Total and specific cost of control measures.

ix. Environmental monitoring, implementation organization and

feedback mechanism to effect mid-course corrections.

x. Identification of flora species which can be planted in and around

the project.

1.9 TERMS OF REFERENCE

The term of reference have been issued by MOEF, New Delhi, vide letter

no. J-11015/326/2013-IA.II (M) dated 22.11.2013, for preparation of an

Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respect of the project by

Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of MoEF, New Delhi and is enclosed

as Annexure No. I.

=========*******=========



CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION & NATURE OF THE PROJECT:

Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri) is proposed in the Saraswati River &

Sagarmati River bed, the applied lease area is 163.4503 ha (Govt. Land,).

Mining will be carried out by opencast semi-mechanized method. The

Bajri will be loaded manually on tractor trolley. Proposed production is 11,

20,000 Tons per annum of Sand.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE

COUNTRY AND OR REGION:

The basic objective of the project is to effective utilization of Mineral in the

country and /or region. With the development and industrialization has

enhanced the demand of building material in last 10-15 years. Mainly in

infrastructure projects like highways, buildings, township etc., which has

raised the demand of Sand beside of the mineral. Sand mining not only

provides the building material but also employment, economic growth of

the state that will ultimately enhance the socio-economic status of the

people of the region / area. The production of minerals will benefit to the

State in the form of Royalty. Apart from this, the project will generate

direct and indirect employment opportunities from the nearby villages.

Also, the mine management will conduct medical camps at regular interval

in the nearby villages and will help in providing infrastructure like school

furniture, water tankers, etc.

2.3 LOCATION

TABLE 2.1: LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

S. No. Particulars Details

1 River Name Saraswati & Sagarmati River

2 Project name River Bed mining project of

Ordinary sand (Bajri)



3 Near village Govindgarh, Akhepura,

Jaswantpura, Pisangan,

Budhwada, Nuriawas.

4 Tehsil Pisangan

5 District Ajmer

6 State Rajasthan

7 Latitude & Longitude


Saraswati nadi Block I

of 51.3618 Ha.

26027’23.63” to

26027’36.75”N

74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi Block

II of 112.0885 Ha

26022’16.96” to

26021’57.32”N

74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E

2.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY

The topography of the applied area is mainly plain land marked with

shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, Saraswati River the higher

elevation is 397 mRL near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is

390 mRL near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,

Sagarmati River the higher elevation point id 418 mRL near village

Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara.

The drainage of this area in general flowing from east towards west.

2.5 DRAINAGE:

Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area part of

the Saraswati & Sagarmati River. The drainage of this area in general

flowing from east towards west.

2.6 DEMANDS-SUPPLY GAP:

There is large demand of sand for construction activities in the region.

Demand of the sand is fulfilled by this project of the follow grade to

various end users in the open market. The entire Sand produced will be

used in the construction of roads, building and other infrastructures.



2.7 DOMESTIC/EXPORT MARKETS

The total production from the applied mine will be directly transported by

tractor trolley provided by the transport contractors to local market. In

India Bajri is extensively used in construction for infrastructure

developments. Hence with the advent of growth and development of mega

infrastructural projects in the state of Rajasthan, the demand of Bajri is

on a high-rise. The local region demand is increasing; hence newer areas

for Bajri reserves are approached.

2.8 THE ALTITUDE OF THE AREA

Toposheet No. with Latitude and Longitude – The applied lease area

forms a part of Survey of India topo-sheet no. 45J/6, 7 & 11 (adjoining

each other). In block I, Saraswati River the higher elevation is 397 mRL

near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is 390 mRL near village

Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II, Sagarmati River the higher

elevation point id 418 mRL near village Nuriyawas and lower elevation

point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara. The applied lease is located at

following latitude and longitudes:

TABLE 2.2: COORDINATE OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA


Saraswati nadi Block I

of 51.3618 Ha.

26027’23.63” to

26027’36.75”N

74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi Block

II of 112.0885 Ha

26022’16.96” to

26021’57.32”N

74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E

TABLE 2.3: LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA.

Name of River Length

(mtr.)

Width (mtr)

Max. Min.

Saraswati River 2796.0 670 171

Sagarmati River 3529.0 584 62



2.9 REGIONAL GEOLOGY & LOCAL GEOLOGY

2.9.1 Regional Geology:-

Geologically, the rocks in Pisangan region fall into Ajmer Province, chiefly

occupied by the Bhilwara and Delhi Supergroups, which have been further

divided into several groups and formations.

The rock of Bhilwara Super group occurs from Deyi in the north-east

through Kishangarh to Sarwar area, underlying the marwar plains and

comprises meta-sedimentary sequences with associated magmatic

complex and igneous rocks. The main Aravali range extending from

Rupnagar in north to Todgarh in south is occupied by the rocks of Delhi

Super group which comprises calcareous, argillaceous and arenaceous

meta-sedimentary sequences with associated basic volcanics and igneous

rocks.

The rocks of the district have been complexly folded and faulted,

metamorphosed and migmatised during orogenic episodes related to

different geological cycles.

The geological sequence worked out by G.S.I. is given as under.

Erinpura granites

Sendra Ambaji granite gneisses

Post Delhi Intrusives Kishangarh syenite

Phulad ophiolite suit

Delh

i S

up

er

Gro

up

Kumbhal

garh Group

Barr Formation

Kotra Formation

Beawar Formation

Sendra Formation

Todgarh Formation

Ajab

garh

Group

Ajmer

For-

mation

Gogunda

Group

Kelwara Formation

Antalia Formation

Alwar

Group

Nau- lakha

Formation

Srinagar

Formation



Bh

ilw

ara

Su

per

Gro

up

Intrusive

Sawar Group

Giyan Asind Acid

Rocks

Mangalwar

Complex Kekri

Formation

Morhi Formation

Rajpur-jalayan Mafic

Rocks

Sandmata Complex

Banranch formation

2.9.2 Local Geology:

The area in vicinity of the lease area consists of Amphibolite Gneisses and

Schistose rocks. These rocks play host to Acidic and Ultrabasic rocks of

North-Delhi Fold Belt system. There are outcrops of Feld spathic rocks

along with a thin cover of Soil. The general trend observed in the rocks is

consistent with Delhi’s; i.e. NE-SW. The folded strata appear as ridges

and mounds above the topography. The sand deposit in the lease area is

brought in from the up-river basin where rock types like Sandstones and

Quartzite’s occur which contribute as a source to sand in the river.

2.10 ESTIMATION OF RESERVE & MINEABLE RESERVE:

Since the Bajri is available in whole sanctioned area, the complete area is

mineralized zone. Following points should be kept in mind while

calculating the reserve.

About 3m deep has been taken under the proved category.

Average 3m depth is considered as the probable category.

1.4 tones/ m3 has been taken as specific gravity of Bajri.

Reserve Estimation:

To understand the structural configuration and working of Bajri, geology

of the area, surface geological mapping has been prepared on a scale of

1:20000. Geological cross section is also drawn and a longitudinal section

is prepared on a scale 1:1000(V), 1:20000(H) so as to understand the

structural configuration of the mineral Bajri. The base line information for

the computation of reserve has been generated based on geological



information and parameters observed during the field visit, the surface

geological plan and also the geological section. Based on the survey, the

estimated reserves have been categorized in proved category. The reserve

has been calculated by cross sectional method.

Measured Category – 331 Bulk density – 1.6

Name of River Length

(m)

Width

(m)

Thickness

(m)

Volume

(cum)

MT=(Vol. *

Bulk density)

Saraswati

River Block I 2796 341 3.0 2860308 4576492.8

Sagarmati

River Block II 3529 294 3.0 3112478 4980124.8

Total 5972886 9556617.6

Measured Reserves (331) 95566617.6 MT

Losses along Statutory Barrier zone (211) 392976 MT

Losses due to Public Road (211) 292896 MT

Total 685872 MT

Remaining Reserves (111) 8870745.6 MT

Feasibility Assessment: Measured & indicated resource category

Proved resources are 8870745.6 MT and Indicated resources are

calculated as 685872 MT.

Mineable reserve:

Estimation of Reserves* out of Measured & Indicated Mineral Resources

Sr.

no

Resource Type

(Intrinsically Economic)

UNFC

Code

Tonnage

MT

1 Proved Mineral resources (111) 8870745.6

2 Indicated Mineral resources (211) 685872

Total Resources 9556617.6



Life of Mine;

Life of mine is estimated at 8870745.6 tones/ 1120000 per annum = 7.92

years.

2.11 YEAR WISE DEVELOPMENT FOR THE FIRST FIVE YEARS

First Year (2013-14)

During first year of mining development work will comprise of

a. Construction of office, rest shelter, first aid station and other facilities

b. Development of approach road.

c. Plantation of sapling over 5 hectare area

d. Wire fence around proposed plantation site

Second Year (2014-15)

During second year of mining development work will comprise of

a. Development of approach road.

b. Plantation of sapling over 5 hectare area

c. Wire fence around proposed plantation site

Third Year (2015-16)

During third year of mining development work will comprise of




Fourth Year (2016-17)

During fourth year of mining development work will comprise of




Fifth Year (2017-18)

During fifth year of mining development work will comprise of






TABLE 2.4: YEAR WISE SEQUENTIAL PLAN

Name of

River

Length

(m)

Width

(m)

Thickness

(m)

Volume

(Cum)

M.T.=

(Vol. *

B.D.)

Remarks

First year

Saraswati

River

Block No.

I

306 378 3.0 347004 555206.4

Near village

Govindgarh,

Akhepura,

Jaswantpura

Sagarmati

River

Block No.

II

290 406 3.0 353220 565152

Near village

Pisangan,

Budhwara,

Nuriyawas

Total 700224 1120358

Second year

Saraswati

River

Block No.

I

300 457 3.0 411300 658080

Near village

Govindgarh,

Akhepura,

Jaswantpura

Sagarmati

River

Block No.

II

330 292 3.0 289080 462528

Near village

Pisangan,

Budhwara,

Nuriyawas

Total 700380 1120608

Third Year

Saraswati

River

Block No.

I

320 506 3.0 485760 777216

Near village

Govindgarh,

Akhepura,

Jaswantpura

Sagarmati

River

Block No.

II

265 270 3.0 214650 343440

Near village

Pisangan,

Budhwara,

Nuriyawas

Total 700410 1120656

Fourth Year

Saraswati

River

Block No.

I

284 526 3.0 448152 717043.2

Near village

Govindgarh,

Akhepura,

Jaswantpura

Sagarmati

River

Block No.

II

311 270 3.0 251910 403056

Near village

Pisangan,

Budhwara,

Nuriyawas

Total 700062 1120099

Fifth Year

Saraswati

River 324 444 3.0 431568 690508.8

Near village

Govindgarh,



Block No.

I

Akhepura,

Jaswantpura

Sagarmati

River

Block No.

II

332 270 3.0 268920 430272

Near village

Pisangan,

Budhwara,

Nuriyawas

Total 700488 1120781

2.12 METHOD OF MINING

The method of mining will be opencast semi-mechanized a loading gang of

4 persons are deputed to load Bajri with the help of spade and basket to

the waiting tractor trolley and unloaded to Bajri stack yard.

The vehicle for transport of sand (Bajri) from stack yard to the destination

is provided by the contractor. It is proposed that a JCB model 3D loader

cum excavator, tyre mounted shall be used for loading of material only.

2.13 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA

The rotational mining shall be adopted to facilitate the replenishment of

the excavated pits during rainy season. Thus the mineable area has been

divided in two blocks i.e. the upstream block and the downstream block.

The Mining of these two blocks is suggested on rotation basis in such a

way that pit of previous year mining will act as depository for the

monsoon season. Sand is extracted from the said lot during one year; more

than the extracted quantity of the same are automatically replenished by

rainfall in the monsoon by the river/ nallah itself on account of its flow

and velocity.

Replenishment Study of the area: -

A. Dandy & Bolton formula for calculation of Sediment Yield:

Dandy Bolton formula is often used to check whether the sedimentation

yield exceeds the replenishment rate but the whole question is whether

there is adequate monitoring of the river basin, the answer is no as

hydrological stations are sparsely spread. The formula uses catchment



area and mean annual runoff as key determinants to give a yield value. It

does not differentiate in basin wide smaller streams and their

characteristics. CWC distinguishes river basins as classified and non-

classified, as per the latest hydrological data for unclassified River basins;

there are 122 GDSW (Gauge, Discharge, Sediment & Water Quality) sites

in 12 such basins, the number was 147 in 2005. This brings in context the

whole issue of scientific mining, thereby indicating that the monitoring of

sediment yield in rivers / streams within the river basins is essential to

arrive at extraction rates and express and conduct environmental studies

based on these basin wide characteristics which should become part of the

‘Terms of Reference’.

B. Sediment Yield versus Drainage Area

Dandy and Bolton studied sedimentation data from about 1500 reservoirs,

ponds, and sediment detention basins. In developing their formulas, they

used data from about 800 of these reservoirs with drainage areas greater

than or equal to 1 mi2. The smaller watersheds-those of drainage area

less than 1 mi2-were excluded because of their large variability of

sediments yield, reflecting the diverse effects of soils, local terrain,

vegetation, land use, and agricultural practices.

For drainage areas between 1 and 30,000 mi2,Dandy and Bolton found

that the annual sediment yield per unit area was inversely related to the

0.16 power of the drainage area: In which S= sediment yield in tons per

square mile per year; SR = Reference sediment yield corresponding to a 1-

mi2 drainage area, equal to 1645 tons per year; A = drainage area in

square miles; and AR = reference drainage area (1 mi2)

C. Sediments Yield versus Mean Annual Runoff

Dandy and Bolton studied sedimentation data from 505 reservoirs having

mean annual runoff data. Annual sediment yield per unit area was shown

to increase sharply as mean annual runoff Q increased from 0 to 2 in.



Thereafter, for mean annual runoff from 2 to 50 in. annual sediment yield

per unit area decreased exponentially.

This led to the following equations.

For Q <2 in.:

For Q >2 in.:

In which QR = reference mean annual runoff QR = 2 in.

Dandy and Bolton combined Eqs. 15-10 and 15-11 into a set of equations

to express sediment yield in terms of drainage area and mean annual

runoff.

For Q <2 in.:

For Q >2 in.:

Sec: 15.2 Sediment Productions.

For SR = 1645 tons/mi2/y, QR = 2 in., and AR = 1 mi2, Eq. 15-12 reduces

to the followings:

For Q <2 in.: S = 1280 Q0.46(1.43 – 0.26 log A)

For Q >2 in.: S = 1965e-0.055Q(1.43 – 0.26 log A)

Equations 5-12 and 5-13 are based on average values of grouped data;

therefore, they should be used with caution. In Certain cases, local factors

such as soils, geology, topography, land use, and vegetation may have

greater influence on sediment yield than either mean annual runoff or

drainage area. Nevertheless, these equations provide a first

approximation to be regional assessment of sediment yield for watershed

planning purposes.

Source of sand in proposed blocks of Saraswati & Sagarmati River

The Luni is a river of western Rajasthan state, India. It originates in the

Pushkar valley of the Aravalli Range, near Ajmer and ends in the marshy

lands of Rann of Kutch in Gujarat, after travelling a distance of 495 km. It

is first known as Sagarmati, then after passing Govindgarh, it meets its

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajasthan

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pushkar

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aravalli_Range

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ajmer

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rann_of_Kutch

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarat



tributary Saraswati, which originates from Pushkar Lake, and from then

on it gets its name Luni.

The Luni River flows in the western part of India in the state of

Rajasthan. It rises in the Pushkar valley of the Aravalli Range at an

elevation of five hundred fifty metres near Ajmer.

The river then flows in the southwest direction through the hills and

plains of the Marwar region in Rajasthan. So the direction in which it

flows is from north-east to south-west.

Slow shifting of river Saraswati & Sagarmati towards west left behind

several meter deep sand deposits, which was subsequently covered by

alluvium consisting sand, silt and clay to form topsoil.

Calculation of Sediment Yield

Applied lease area (under river bed) – 163.4503 ha.

Proposed working area in operational phase: 118.0 ha.

Proposed production: 11, 20,000 TPA of Sand.

Drainage basin area of river Saraswati – 251.36 km2 & Sagarmati –

150.68 km2.

Normal Annual Rainfall: 453.2 mm.

With above inputs, the calculation of the sediment yield by the Dandy and

Bolton formula is illustrated below:

TABLE 2.5: REPLENISHMENT CALCULATION OF APPLIED LEASE

AREA

Blocks

Q

(Mean annual

rainfall in mm)

A

(catchment Area

in km2)

S (Sediment yield)

(tons/year)

Saraswati

River Block

No. 1

453.2 251.36 59250.22

Sagarmati

River Block

No. 2

453.2 150.68 37765.02

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pushkar_Lake



With above formula the value of S about 97015.04 tons/year in block no. 1

& in block no. 2.

Significant feature of Mining

The mining shall be done opencast with semi-mechanized method. JCB

cum loader will be used for loading of material.

The working period for mining will be 280 days (approximately nine

months) and during rainy season no mining shall be undertaken.

The removal of sand in the applied lease area would be confined to day

time i.e. 9 A.M. to 5 P. M.

2.14 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION:

The mining activity in the applied lease area will involve contractual

labor. About 857 workers will be engaged in mining of Bajri; loading of

material into tractor trolleys by labors/ JCB. The Bajri will be transport

and directly sold. For mining 4000 MT/day, The vehicle for transport of

Bajri from mine to the destination is provided by the contractor. The

workmen to load also are employed from a contractor. Sometimes extra

loads which are not booked by the buyers are unloaded at the Stack yard

made for temporary storage of Bajri for a day or two.

The mining project will generate direct & indirect employment. About 857

people will get direct employment in working places and 25 – 30 people

will also be affected indirectly and employed with allied and related

industries, such as transportation, maintenance, etc.

2.15 WASTE GENERATION

There is no top soil, overburden or waste to be encountered in the area.

Waste disposal is not required and not proposed.



2.16 TRANSPORTATION

The vehicle (tractor trolley) for transport of sand from stack yard to the

destination will be provided by the contractor.

The applied lease area is having gentle slope with the gradient of 2 to 3

degrees hence, for the movement of tractors can be made and maintained

in any part of the applied lease area.

The loaded tractor trolleys would carry the material directly sold. About

4000 metric tons of Bajri would be required to be moved daily.

The loaded tractor trolleys would carry the material directly sold. About

4000 metric tons of Bajri would be required to be moved daily.

The material will be transported from two different working blocks,

which is shown in Transportation Route Map.



FIGURE 2.1: TRANSPORTATION ROUTE MAP



2.17 ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE

There is no specific life of the applied mine area as the area under

reference is open and barren river bed of the river and whatever quality of

sand are extracted from the said lot during one year; more than the

extracted quantity of the same are automatically replenished in next

coming years by the rainfall itself on account of its flow and velocity.

2.18 USE OF MINERAL

Sand is mainly consumed by infrastructure & housing industries and

development.

Whereas sand and Bajri is directly used for all construction works.

Sand is used for mainly for construction work with cement or lime

mortar.

The specifications of average grade of Bajri is that it should be gravel

free and of desired porosity. It should be siliceous in nature.

2.19 UTILITIES AND PROPOSED SITE FACILITIES

A. Power Supply:

The electric power supply is not available at applied mine site, while in

the nearby /study area electricity is available. No electricity is required for

mine operations.

B. Man Power

Total manpower required for the project is approx. 857 persons. The

mining project will generate direct & indirect employment. About 857

people will get direct employment in working places and 25 – 30 people

will also be affected indirectly and employed with allied and related

industries, such as transportation, maintenance, etc.



C. Office :

The owner has common office cum store will be available along the

applied lease area. A store and yard is required near the office to keep

tools etc.

D. First Aid Facility

Although the river bed mining project does not involve any major risks

but a first aid room with proper equipment will be maintained as per

Mines Act and Mine Rules at the mine site office. First aid-box with all

necessary facilities will be maintained and provided. A fully fledged

dispensary with qualified doctor will be maintained.

E. Washrooms

Washrooms will be provided separately for male/ female workers as per

Mine Rules.

F. Water:

Water requirement for domestic/drinking purpose is fulfilled through the

nearby villages/dug wells in river beds. The total water requirement for

the project is estimated 20 KLD. Water for mining operation (dust

suppression) and for domestic & drinking purpose will be supplied with

the help dug well situated in the nearby village and water tankers.

TABLE 2.6: PEAK WATER REQUIREMENT

Purpose Requirement (KLD)

Drinking & others 7.0

Dust Suppression 7.0

Plantation 6.0

Total 20.0



FIGURE 2.2: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

No outflow No outflow

======******=======

TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT

20.0 KLD

Dug well

Dust supper.

7.0 KLD

Sanitation &

Drinking 7.0 KLD

0.5 m3 / day

Plantation

6.0 KLD

Septic tank- Soak Pit



CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Study area

Exploitation of mineral resources from the land through mining causes

environmental and ecological instability, severe land degradation besides

biological physical and socio-economic imbalance. The impact of the

mining activities can be quantified through Environmental Impact

Assessment Studies within the impact zone. The findings of EIA studies

help in preparation of the environmental management plan for

mitigating the adverse impacts.

For the purpose of studying the baseline status of the environment,

core zone and buffer zone are considered for Impact Assessment. The

core area for the purpose comprises Saraswati & Sagarmati applied lease

area of 163.4503 Hect. The buffer zone comprises a 10 km from around the

core area.

This section contains a description of the existing baseline environmental

status of the area surrounding Saraswati & Sagarmati River, the data

collected has been used to define the environmental scenario of the area,

against which the potential impacts of the project has been assessed.

3.1.2 Sources of Environmental Data

The baseline information on meteorology, ambient air quality, water

quality, noise levels, soil quality and floristic descriptions are largely

drawn from the data generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, M/s

Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), and (NABL

Accredited Lab). Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest

IMD station, Jaipur was collected. Apart from these, secondary data have

been collected from Census Handbook, Revenue Records, Statistical



Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries

Centre, Forest Department, Central Ground Water Authority, etc. The

generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and

information from the site and surroundings was carried out during winter

season i.e. December, 2013 to February, 2014.

3.1.3 Aspect Studied

As per the gazette notification dated 14th September 2006 and

guidelines of CPCB, the study area was demarked. The study was

conducted within a radius of 10 km within applied mine as center.

The study period defined is December, 2013 to February, 2014.

The discipline covered by the baseline data collection programme includes

the following:-

Topography, Physiography, Hydrological aspects, Atmospheric condition,

Biological environment, Land use, cropping pattern & Socioeconomic

aspects.

3.1.4 Presentation

Each of the aspects listed above considered ahead in a sequential manner.

Data Collected during the baseline study period are given ahead and

provides a sound knowledge of the existing environment.

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE

The study area includes the villages of Pisangan Tehsil within 10 Kms.

radius from the mine as center.

TABLE 3.1: STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE


1.0 General Particulars

1.1 Latitude & Longitude

1.2 Latitude Longitude

Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha.



26027’23.63” to 26027’36.75”N 74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha

26022’16.96” to 26021’57.32”N

74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E

1.3 Tehsil Pisangan

1.4 District H.Q. Ajmer

2.0 Demography

2.1 Total Population 113381

Male 57776

Female 55605

2.2 Literates 59915

2.3 No. of Household 21281

2.4 No. of Villages 53

3.0 Land Use Pattern (Ha.)

3.1 Agriculture Plantation 5746.81

3.2 Crop Land 24723.31

3.3 Fallow Land 5317.47

3.4 River 1380.22

3.5 Scrub Land 13022.15

3.6 Forest Plantation 1292.63

3.7 Forest 3015.28

3.8 Water Bodies 27.14

3.9 Waste Land 3654.67

3.10 Habitation 549.59

3.11 Wet Land 4876.24

3.12 Open Scrub Land 1537.16

Total 65342.66

4.0 Climatology (Dec., 2013 – Feb., 2014)

4.1 Total rainfall in mm. 31.00

4.2 Mean monthly maximum temp. °C 29.4



4.3 Mean monthly minimum temp. °C 3.0

4.4 Relative humidity % 15 to 99 %

3.3 TOPOGRAPHY

3.3.1 Existing Conditions


shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, i.e. Saraswati River the higher

elevation is 397 mRL at near village Akhepura and lower elevation point

is 390 mRL at near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,

Sagarmati River the higher elevation point is 418 mRL at near village

Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL at near village

Budhwara. The drainage of this area in general flowing from east towards

west.

FIGURE 3.1: TOPOGRAPHY OF THE RIVER BED MINING AREA

Refer Figure 3.2: Topography Map of the Study Area.



FIGURE 3.2: TOPOGRAPHY MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.3: FIELD VISIT BY EIA COORDINATOR

3.4 CLIMATIC CONDITION

Mean annual rainfall (1987-2006) of the district is 453.2 mm whereas

normal rainfall (1901-70) is lower than average rainfall and placed at

433.8. Almost 95% of the total annual rainfall is received during the

southwest monsoon, which enters the district in the last week of June and

withdraws in the middle of September. Probability of average annual

rainfall exceeding 300 mm is only 90%, except at Mangliawas. However,



there is 10% probability that the average rainfall exceed 600 mm. Drought

analysis based on agriculture criteria indicates that the district is prone to

mild and normal type of droughts. Severe and very severe type of drought

is very rare and occurred only twice during 1987 & 2002 (Srinagar); 1977

& 1987 (Todgarh); & 1991 & 1993 (Vijaynagar).

January is the coldest month with mean maximum and minimum

temperatures being lowest at 22.70 C & 7.60 C. Temperature in summer

month, June, reaches up to 39.50 C. There is drop in temperature due to

onset of monsoon and rises again in the month of September.

Atmosphere is generally dry except during the monsoon period. The

humidity is highest in August with mean daily relative humidity 80%. The

annual potential evapotranspiration in the district is 1565.6 mm and is

the highest in the month of May (243 mm).

Source: CGWB, Ajmer

3.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY

3.5.1 Relief


shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, Saraswati River the higher

elevation is 397 mRL near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is

390 mRL near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,

Sagarmati River the higher elevation point id 418 mRL near village

Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara.

3.5.2 Drainage:

Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The lease area part of the

Saraswati & Sagarmati River. The drainage of this area in general

flowing from east towards west.

Refer Figure 3.4: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area.



FIGURE 3.4 DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA



3.6 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA

The rotational mining shall be adopted to facilitate the replenishment of the

excavated pits during rainy season. Thus the mineable area has been

divided in two blocks i.e. the upstream block and the downstream block. The

Mining of these two blocks is suggested on rotation basis in such a way that

pit of previous year mining will act as depository for the monsoon season.

Sand is extracted from the said lot during one year; more than the extracted

quantity of the same are automatically replenished by rainfall in the

monsoon by the river/ nallah itself on account of its flow and velocity.

3.7 HUMAN SETTLEMENT

There is no human settlement within the applied lease area. Total 53

villages with 21281 household within the study area with population of

113381.

3.8 HYDROLOGICAL ASPECTS

Hydrology

Major water bearing formations are alluvium, schist, gneiss, granites,

limestone and phyllite of Bhilwara Supergroup & Delhi Supergroup. Ground

water occurs under unconfined to semi-confined conditions in weathered and

fractured part of the consolidated formation. These form generally poor

aquifers compared to alluvium.

Granite gneiss covers 4811 sq km (56.73%) and found in the eastern part

falling in Kekri, Arain, Bhinia and parts of Masuda, Srinagar, Silora and

Jawaja blocks. Quality of water varies from potable to brackish. Yield is

generally poor and varies from 30 to 90 m3/day.



Schist is confined to 2,690 sq km (31.72%) in the western part of the district

falling in parts of Pisangan, Srinagar, Silora, Masuda and Jawaja blocks.

Open wells tapping schist yield 40 to 80 m3/day whereas wells located along

the intrusions of quartz vein and pegmatites yield 100 to 170 m3/day.

Alluvium covers only 494 sq. km (5.83%) and found at isolated locations in

eastern (Kekri block) & western part (Pisangan, Srinagar & Silora block) of



the district. Thickness of alluvium near Srinagar is 20 m whereas in the

Roopnagar valley it is quite thick and extends up to 40m. Yield of tube wells

in alluvium varies from 50 to 150 m3/day.

Quartzite forms aquifer is different disconnected areas of limited extent in

topographic lows in the western part of the district in the vicinity of

Roopnagar, Kishangarh, Ajmer, Beawar and west of Nasirabad. Yield of

wells tapping quartzite very from 40 to 100 m3/day.

Source –CGWB, Ajmer

3.8.1 Introduction

Local hydrological parameters and ground level water levels are not

affected due to mining activity in the area.

3.8.2 Ground Water Condition

The ground water level in the area of River Saraswati & Sagarmati River

varies on an average from 20 meters to 25 meters near the riverbed and

increases towards.

ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION

Atmospheric conditions include meteorological condition and ambient air

quality of the study area. Meteorological conditions with respect to wind

velocity and direction in the study area was determined by IMD station

Jaipur. The required data for interpretation the ambient air quality of the

study area was generated by establishing a monitoring network. Regular

field observations as per the norms of MoEF and CPCB were taken from the

established monitoring stations.

3.9 METEOROLOGY

Introduction

Meteorological factors such as wind speed; direction variation in

temperature, humidity etc. play a direct role in dispersion of pollutants



atmospheric pressure, rainfall and cloud cover also govern this activity.

Other factors such as terrain and local topography also take part in

atmospheric dispersion. Meteorology plays a vital role in affecting the

dispersion of pollutants. Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations

with time, meaningful interpretation can be drawn only from long term

reliable data. Such source of data is the Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several

important locations. The nearest IMD stations Jaipur, which is about 183

km from the Pisangan Tehsil Headquarter. Meteorological information

available for this station is temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed and

wind direction. The data recorded at Jaipur IMD station for the period

December, 13 to February, 14 are summarized in below table.

3.9.1 Meteorological Data’s from IMD Jaipur

The data recorded at Jaipur for the study period December, 2013 to

February, 2014 are temperature and relative humidity were recorded during

the study period which are summarized in the below table.

TABLE 3.2: MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

Month

Temperature

(°C)

Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr.)

Max. Min. Max. Min. 8.30 HRS. 17.30 HRS.

Max. Min. Max. Min.

Dec., 13 28.9 4.5 98 14 14 04 12 04

Jan., 14 26.2 2.8 100 21 20 04 12 04

Feb., 14 28.2 7.3 100 16 16 04 52 04

Source – IMD Station (Jaipur)

3.9.2 Site Specific Meteorological Data

The data recorded at project site for the study period December, 2013 to

February, 2014 are temperature and relative humidity were recorded during

the study period which are summarized in the below table.



TABLE 3.3: MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

Month

Temperature

(°C)

Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr.)

Max. Min. Max. Min. 8.30 HRS. 17.30 HRS.

Max. Min. Max. Min.

Dec., 13 29.4 4.8 97 15 12 04 10 04

Jan., 14 26.9 3.0 99 22 22 04 10 04

Feb., 14 28.6 7.6 99 18 18 04 20 04

The mean maximum temperature ranges recorded was 29.4°C and

minimum temperature was 3.0°C during the study period. The relative

humidity is high during the study period, being generally over 99%. Wind

speed plays a dominant role in the dispersion of air pollutants. An

observation of the wind rose shows that the predominant wind directions are

east to west.

3.9.3 Wind rose

Wind speed of a site plays a vital role in predicting the extent of air

pollution. It gives a clear view about the extent to which air pollutants are

carried before they touch the ground. Wind rose is diagrammatic

representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its arms

representing sixteen directions; each arm gives a clear frequency

distribution of wind speed.

Wind roses are generated with the site meteorological information’s initially

collected. These raw data are processed with certain interpolation and

stability classes and joint frequency function are developed to eventually

reach to the development of wind roses.

Refer Figure 3.5: Wind Rose Diagram



FIGURE 3.5: WIND ROSE DIAGRAM



3.10 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT

To establish the ambient air quality the studies were carried out

during winter season of the Month December, 2013 to February, 2014.

3.10.1 Ambient Air Sampling

Ambient air quality sampling was carried out with the help of

Respirable particulate matter Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler” (RDS).

The data generated by M/s Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. for

ambient air quality status within 10 km. radius of the mine has been

compiled along with meteorological conditions for particulars season.

3.10.2. Location of Ambient Air Sampling Stations

Eleven sampling stations were established around the core zone within

10 km radius to study the present air quality. The locations are given

in below table and the area marked in Figure.

TABLE 3.4: LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING STATIONS

Station

Code. Station Name

Location with

respect to Site Selection Criteria

Dis. (Km) Dire.

A1 Core Zone, Block – I, -- -- Proposed Working Block

A2 Govindgarh Village 1.0 W Nearest habitat area in pre dominant

down wind direction.

A3 Leswa Village 1.5 N Near proposed working block I

A4 Jaswantpura Village 1.5 E In Upwind Direction from E

A5 Gujron Ki Dhani 5.0 E In Upwind Direction from E

A6 Core zone – Block – II, -- -- Proposed Working Block

A7 500m D/W direction 0.5 W Pre dominant downwind station

A8 Budhwara Village 1.0 N Falls in downwind direction

Falls in transportation route

Likely to have maximum incremental.

A9 Bhanwata Village 4.0 E In Upwind Direction from E

A10 Lalikhera Village 6.0 SE In Upwind Direction from S

A11 Pisangan 6.0 NW Nearest major city of the study area

Refer Figure 3.6: Ambient Air sampling location in the study area.



FIGURE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.7: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING IN THE

STUDY AREA



3.10.3. Sampling Schedule

Eight/ twenty four hourly samples were collected from each station

round the clock, twice a week for continuous three month (December, 13

to February, 2014).

3.10.4. Air quality parameter

The following parameters were analyzed for each sample.

- Particulate Matter (PM10)

- Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

- Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

- Oxides of nitrogen (Nox)

The sampling and testing of ambient air quality parameters were

carried out as per relevant parts of IS 5182. The brief details of testing

procedure adopted are given in below table.

TABLE 3.5: PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR

QUALITY PARAMETERS

Parameters Testing Procedure

PM10

Gravimetric method using Respirable particulate

matter Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler”

(RDS) IS:5182(Part IV)1973

PM2.5 Gravimetric method

NOx

Absorption in dil. NaOH and then estimated

calorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N(I-

Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and

Hydrogen Peroxide(IS:5182 1975, Part VI)

SO2

Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloro- Mercurate

followed by Colorimetric estimation using P-

Rosaniline hydrochloride and

Formaldehyde(IS:5182 Part II. 1969)

The detailed results of ambient air quality are given in table below table.



TABLE 3.6

Ambient Air Quality

(PM10 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)

Station ► Core

Zone,

Block – I,

Govindga

rh Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

S.

No.▼ Result A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

December -2013

1. Minimum 63.42 66.38 58.71 60.14 52.44

2. Maximum 90.94 90.31 86.04 84.36 80.26

3. Average 77.18 78.34 72.37 72.25 66.35

4. 98% 89.12 88.50 84.32 82.67 78.65

January - 2014

1. Minimum 64.52 68.02 60.44 65.76 56.36

2. Maximum 92.26 91.56 86.22 87.32 81.24

3. Average 78.39 79.79 73.33 76.54 68.80

4. 98% 90.41 89.73 84.50 85.57 79.62

February - 2014

1. Minimum 67.56 68.28 66.24 57.44 60.08

2. Maximum 94.14 93.04 86.42 80.12 82.42

3. Average 80.35 80.71 76.33 68.79 71.25

4. 98% 92.26 91.18 84.69 78.52 80.77

Source: Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd.



Ambient Air Quality

(PM2.5 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)

Station ► Core

Zone,

Block – I,

Govindga

rh Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 20.10 21.76 19.89 20.08 17.40

2. Maximum 31.99 30.66 28.79 28.02 26.12

3. Average 25.73 25.84 24.22 23.89 21.96

4. 98% 31.35 30.05 28.21 27.46 25.60

January – 2014

1. Minimum 20.53 22.65 22.13 20.82 18.86

2. Maximum 31.41 29.82 28.46 28.74 27.18

3. Average 26.27 26.67 25.21 25.19 22.74

4. 98% 30.78 29.22 27.89 28.17 26.64

February – 2014

1. Minimum 22.86 22.49 19.94 20.25 20.07

2. Maximum 30.85 30.54 28.65 26.34 27.53

3. Average 26.85 26.90 24.46 22.77 23.64

4. 98% 30.23 29.93 28.08 25.81 26.98




Ambient Air Quality

(SO2 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)

Station ► Core

Zone,

Block – I,

Govindga

rh Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum BDL 5.44 3.76 4.26 BDL

2. Maximum 3.74 7.28 5.42 6.08 4.78

3. Average 1.87 6.36 4.59 5.17 2.39

4. 98% 3.67 7.13 5.31 5.96 4.68

January – 2014

1. Minimum BDL 5.26 4.12 4.62 BDL

2. Maximum 3.86 7.76 5.62 6.38 4.88

3. Average 1.93 6.51 4.87 5.50 2.44

4. 98% 3.78 7.60 5.51 6.25 4.78

February – 2014

1. Minimum BDL 5.76 3.62 4.69 BDL

2. Maximum 4.08 7.50 5.34 7.38 4.72

3. Average 2.04 6.61 4.40 6.03 2.36

4. 98% 4.00 7.35 5.23 7.23 4.63




Ambient Air Quality

(NOx 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)

Station ► Core

Zone,

Block – I,

Govindga

rh Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 4.26 6.52 4.08 4.12 4.06

2. Maximum 7.13 9.06 7.34 7.68 6.56

3. Average 5.69 7.79 5.71 5.90 5.31

4. 98% 6.99 8.88 7.19 7.53 6.43

January – 2014

1. Minimum 4.64 5.72 4.40 4.74 3.96

2. Maximum 7.86 9.26 7.51 7.68 6.53

3. Average 6.25 7.49 5.95 6.21 5.24

4. 98% 7.70 9.07 7.36 7.53 6.40

February – 2014

1. Minimum 4.62 5.82 3.88 4.64 4.38

2. Maximum 7.94 9.24 7.72 8.28 6.98

3. Average 6.31 7.53 5.80 6.46 5.68

4. 98% 7.78 9.06 7.57 8.11 6.84




Ambient Air Quality

(PM10 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)

Station ► Core zone,

Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village

Pisang

an

S.

No.▼ Result A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11

December -2013

1. Minimum 64.72 62.15 66.08 58.16 60.74 64.88

2. Maximum 91.46 89.78 85.76 84.19 86.48 92.62

3. Average 78.08 75.95 75.92 71.17 73.41 78.75

4. 98% 89.63 87.98 84.04 82.51 84.75 90.77

January – 2014

1. Minimum 58.04 67.34 62.04 59.43 57.84 68.25

2. Maximum 90.18 92.42 84.80 79.11 88.46 94.08

3. Average 78.11 79.88 73.42 69.27 73.15 81.16

4. 98% 88.38 90.57 83.10 77.53 86.69 92.20

February – 2014

1. Minimum 70.14 62.88 70.62 58.94 62.06 76.73

2. Maximum 86.37 88.46 86.74 80.15 86.48 91.26

3. Average 78.42 75.67 78.68 69.54 74.27 84.0

4. 98% 84.64 86.69 85.01 78.55 84.75 89.43




Ambient Air Quality

(PM2.5 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)


Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village

Pisang

an

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 21.27 19.79 21.30 19.32 19.82 20.84

2. Maximum 30.65 29.28 28.21 27.63 28.60 31.35

3. Average 26.37 24.93 24.72 23.47 24.32 25.97

4. 98% 30.04 28.69 27.65 27.08 28.03 30.72

January – 2014

1. Minimum 19.24 21.67 19.3 19.28 19.19 22.74

2. Maximum 30.26 30.42 28.04 26.36 28.56 29.72

3. Average 26.08 26.33 24.23 22.86 23.96 26.65

4. 98% 29.65 29.81 27.48 25.83 27.99 29.13

February – 2014

1. Minimum 22.38 20.31 23.14 18.83 20.33 24.54

2. Maximum 28.65 29.77 28.74 26.67 28.19 30.82

3. Average 25.67 25.07 25.86 23.18 24.31 27.97

4. 98% 28.08 29.17 28.17 26.14 27.63 30.20




Ambient Air Quality

(SO2 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)


Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village

Pisang

an

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum BDL BDL BDL 4.06 BDL 5.28

2. Maximum 3.86 4.04 4.18 5.24 3.84 7.94

3. Average 1.80 2.02 2.09 4.65 1.92 6.61

4. 98% 3.78 3.96 4.10 5.14 3.76 7.78

January – 2014


2. Maximum 4.02 4.34 4.36 5.76 4.12 8.06

3. Average 2.01 2.17 2.18 4.95 2.05 6.84

4. 98% 3.94 4.25 4.27 5.64 4.04 7.90

February – 2014


2. Maximum 4.32 4.16 4.46 5.74 4.58 8.46

3. Average 2.16 2.08 2.23 4.93 2.29 6.99

4. 98% 4.23 4.08 4.37 5.63 4.49 8.29




Ambient Air Quality

(NOx 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)


Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village

Pisang

an

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 3.74 4.64 3.58 5.22 3.78 5.94

2. Maximum 6.78 7.42 7.44 7.78 7.52 8.82

3. Average 5.26 6.03 5.51 6.50 5.65 7.38

4. 98% 6.64 7.27 7.29 7.62 7.37 8.64

January – 2014

1. Minimum 4.18 5.34 3.78 5.38 4.54 6.12

2. Maximum 7.22 8.10 6.64 8.02 7.84 9.11

3. Average 5.67 6.72 5.21 6.70 6.19 7.61

4. 98% 7.08 7.94 6.51 7.86 7.68 8.93

February – 2014

1. Minimum 5.13 4.50 3.77 4.52 4.04 6.34

2. Maximum 7.54 6.27 6.96 7.96 7.64 9.84

3. Average 6.35 5.38 5.36 6.24 5.84 8.09

4. 98% 7.39 6.14 6.82 7.80 7.49 9.64


The observed range of various parameters recorded, have been

compared with the National Ambient Quality Standards laid down by

the Central Pollution Control Board.



TABLE 3.7: COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULTS

Results

Core Zone,

Block – I,

Govindgar

h Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

NAAQS*

Ind. &

Res. ,

Rural use A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

PM10 Concentration

Minimum 63.42 66.38 58.71 57.44 52.44

100

Maximum 94.14 93.04 86.42 87.32 82.42

Average 78.78 79.71 72.57 72.38 67.43

98% tile 92.26 91.18 84.69 85.57 80.77

PM2.5 Concentration

Minimum 20.1 21.76 19.89 20.08 17.4

60 Maximum 31.99 30.66 28.79 28.74 27.53

Average 26.05 26.21 24.34 24.41 22.47

98% tile 31.35 30.05 28.21 28.17 26.98

SO2 Concentration

Minimum BDL 5.26 3.62 4.26 BDL

80

Maximum 4.08 7.76 5.62 7.38 4.88

Average 2.04 6.51 4.62 5.82 2.44

98% tile 4.00 7.60 5.51 7.23 4.78

NOx Concentration

Minimum 4.26 5.72 3.88 4.12 3.96

80

Maximum 7.94 9.26 7.72 8.28 6.98

Average 6.10 7.49 5.80 6.20 5.47

98% tile 7.78 9.07 7.57 8.11 6.84

Results

Core zone,

Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village Pisangan

NAAQS*

Ind. &

Res. ,

Rural use A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11

PM10 Concentration

Minimum 58.04 62.15 62.04 58.16 57.84 64.88

100 Maximum 91.46 92.42 86.74 84.19 88.46 94.08

Average 74.75 77.29 74.39 71.18 73.15 79.48

98% tile 89.63 90.57 85.01 82.51 86.69 92.20

PM2.5 Concentration

Minimum 19.24 19.79 19.3 18.83 19.19 20.84 60



Maximum 30.65 30.42 28.74 27.63 28.6 31.35

Average 24.95 25.11 24.02 23.23 23.90 26.10

98% tile 30.04 29.81 28.17 27.08 28.03 30.72

SO2 Concentration

Minimum BDL BDL BDL 4.06 BDL 5.28

80

Maximum 4.32 4.34 4.46 5.76 4.58 8.46

Average 2.16 2.17 2.23 4.91 2.29 6.87

98% tile 4.23 4.25 4.37 5.64 4.49 8.29

NOx Concentration

Minimum 3.74 4.5 3.58 4.52 3.78 5.94

80

Maximum 7.54 8.1 7.44 8.02 7.84 9.84

Average 5.64 6.30 5.51 6.27 5.81 7.89

98% tile 7.39 7.94 7.29 7.86 7.68 9.64

* NAAQS – National Ambient Air Quality Standards. 24-hr concentration

in µg/m3.

A perusal of above tables shows that PM10, PM2.5, NOx & SO2 are well

within limits prescribed for areas meant for “Residential and Rural

Use.

TABLE 3.8: RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10

Results

Core Zone,

Block – I,

Govindgarh

Village

Leswa

Village

Jaswantpura

Village

Gujron

Ki

Dhani

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

Free Silica

in PM10 0.47 0.49 0.37 0.45 0.46

Results

Core zone,

Block – II,

500m D/W

direction

Budhwar

a Village

Bhanwata

Village

Lalikhera

Village Pisangan

A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11

Free

Silica in

PM10

0.51 0.43 0.37 0.48 0.52 0.39

Refer Annexure No. VIII: Copy of Results of free silica in PM10



3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Mining and allied activities are usually noise-prone activities. Excessive

noise levels may cause adverse effects on human being and its associated

environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural ecosystem and

structure.

The noise problem is said to exist when the sound level in the air causes

interference in human activities such as disturbance in sleep, work and

speech communication leading to annoyance. Perception of noise by

individuals varies depending on number of factors such as natural

sensitivity / hearing ability, level of exposure, time of the day, socio-cultural

activities etc. at the time of exposure to sound. The impact of noise at

community level can have different effects varying from aesthetic

impairment such as annoyance, frequent hypertension to as high as loss of

hearing. The health impact of noise on individual depends on several

factors, viz. physical dose (intensity of sound pressure level and duration of

exposure), frequency spectrum, intermittency etc. as well as human factors

like sex, age, health condition, occupational exposure etc. The background

noise levels within the mine and around it were recorded using sound meter

to establish the existing scenario.

3.11.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use, i.e.

residential, commercial, industrial and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise

Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by the Ministry of

Environment and Forests, New Delhi on February 14, 2000’. Different

standards have been stipulated during day time and night time.

The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using sound level

meter. The analysis reveals that the noise’s well within the permissible

range.



3.11.2 Noise Analysis within the study area

The location of Noise level monitoring is presented in below table.

TABLE 3.9: LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

Station

Code. Station Name

Location with respect to Site

Distance (Km) Direction

N1 Core Zone, Block – I, -- --

N2 Govindgarh Village 1.0 W

N3 Leswa Village 1.5 N

N4 Jaswantpura Village 1.5 E

N5 Gujron Ki Dhani 5.0 E

N6 Core zone – Block – II, -- --

N7 500m D/W direction 0.5 W

N8 Budhwara Village 1.0 N

N9 Bhanwata Village 4.0 E

N10 Lalikhera Village 6.0 SE

N11 Pisangan 6.0 NW

Refer Figure 3.8: Noise Monitoring Station in the Study Area



FIGURE 3.8: NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING LOCATION MAP



FIGURE 3.9: PHOTOGRAPHS OF NOISE MONITORING IN THE

STUDY AREA

3.11.3 Noise Level Results

The noise monitoring within the study area was recorded using sound level

meter. Noise readings were taken at eleven different locations in the study

area.



TABLE 3.10: NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA

(Unit – dB)


TABLE 3.11: CPCB NOISE STANDARD

Category of Zones Leq in dB (A)

Day Night

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence Zone 50 40

a. Day time is from 6.00 Am to 10.00PM.

b. Night time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00AM

c. Silence zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of

hospitals, educational institution and courts. Use of vehicle horn,

loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas are declared as one of the four above

mentioned categories by the competent Authority and the corresponding

standards shall apply.

S. No Location Result

Test Method Day Night

1 Core Zone, Block – I, 51.2 39.6 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

2 Govindgarh Village 50.4 40.0 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

3 Leswa Village 49.5 39.4 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

4 Jaswantpura Village 50.6 41.8 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

5 Gujron Ki Dhani 49.8 40.1 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

6 Core zone – Block – II, 50.7 39.8 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

7 500m D/W direction 51.1 38.7 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

8 Budhwara Village 49.2 40.4 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

9 Bhanwata Village 50.4 43.3 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

10 Lalikhera Village 49.6 39.7 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

11 Pisangan 51.5 40.9 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002



3.11.4 Traffic density

Traffic density measurements were performed at one location at village

Fatehpur (SH – 59, Jethana to Ladpura). Locations of these stations are

marked on the map. The monitoring was performed in Jan., 2014.

Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying

capacity of the roads near to the project site and the connecting main

roads in the area. Then depending on the capacity of the mine, the

number of tractor trolleys that will be added to the present scenario will

be compared to the carrying capacity.

Traffic density measurement were made continuously for 24 hours by

visual observation and counting of vehicles under three categories, viz.,

heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As

traffic densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were

deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person

on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of

each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers

of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined. The

results of measurements are given in the summery in below table.

TABLE 3.12: TRAFFIC DENSITY

Traffic vehicle No. of vehicles per day at

Fatehpur (SH – 59, Jethana to Ladpura).

H.M.V. 206

L.M.V. 289

2/3 wheelers 374

Grand Total 869



TABLE 3.13: EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS

S. No. Road V C

Existing

V/C Ratio LOS

1 Near Village

Govindgarh 112 5,000 0.02 A

2 Near village

Jaswantpura 138 2,500 0.06 A

3 Near village Lesawa 106 2,000 0.05 A

4 Near village

Pisangan 249 6,000 0.04 A

5 Near village

Budhwara 116 3,000 0.04 A

6 Near village

Nuriyawas 138 2,500 0.06 A

7 Near village

Kalesara 128 2,000 0.06 A

8 SH – 59 869 10,000 0.09 A

V= Volume of Vehicles in PCU’s/day & C = Capacity of Highway in

PCU’s/ day.

The existing Level of Service (LOS) is “A” i.e. excellent.

V/C LOS Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent

0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good

0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair

0.6 - 0.8 D Poor

0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990



TABLE 3.14: DURING MINE OPERATION


1 Proposed Capacity of mine/annum 11,20,000 TPA

2 No. of working days 280

3 Proposed Capacity of mine/day 4000 TPD

4 Dumper Capacity 22 Tones

5 No. of dumper deployed/day 182

6 Considering both loaded & empty tractor

trolleys Increase in PCU/day will be 364 PCUs

TABLE 3.15: MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS

Road V C Modified

V/C Ratio LOS

All villages 1351 3,000 0.45 C

SH – 59 1233 10,000 0.12 A

Results

From the above analysis it can be seen that the V/C ratio is likely to

change to 0.45 & 0.12 with LOS being “C & A’’ which is Good & Excellent,

as per classification. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the

concerned roads is not likely to have any adverse effect.

3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Soil is defined as a thin layer of earth's crust which serves as a natural

medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter

that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental

factors, such as, parent material, climate organism and physiochemical

action of wind, water and sum light an acting over a long period of time.

Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical,

chemical and biological properties. Also soils differ among themselves in

some or all the properties depending on the differences in the gothic and



environmental factors. The soil samples were analyzed for physical and

chemical characteristics.

The soil characteristic include both physical and chemical details, the soil

survey was carried out by the M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Udaipur &

M/s. Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Mohali, to assess the soil

characteristics of the area.

3.12.1 Methodology for Soil Monitoring

Soil samples from depth (0-15 cm) were collected from these villages area

for estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. Air-dried and

Sieved samples have been used for determination of physical properties of

soil. Standard methods were followed for the analysis of soil samples.

3.12.2 Soil Sampling Location

Soil survey was carried out by Environmental Expert Team, while

conducting the studies for preparing the report for the river bed area of

the applicant, by drawing samples from various locations in winter

seasons 2013-14 and analyses the same for physical and chemical

parameters.

TABLE 3.16: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

Station Code Location Location with respect to Site


S1 Jaswantpura 1.5 E

S2 Govindgarh 1.0 W

S3 Pisangan 6.0 NW

S4 Brijpura 7.0 NW

S5 Garhi 4.0 NE

S6 Kalesara 2.5 SW

Refer Figure 3.10: Soil Sampling Location in the Study Area



FIGURE 3.10: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.11: PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY

AREA



3.12.3 Soil Analysis Results

Soil analysis was carried out and the results following below table.

TABLE 3.17: SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.

No

.

Parameter unit

Jaswa

ntpura

Govin

dgarh Pisangan Brijpura Garhi Kalesara

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6

1 pH (1:2.5) - 7.4 7.35 7.97 7.96 7.34 6.79

2 Texture

- Sandy Sandy Clay

Loam Sandy

Clay

Loam Clay

3 Color

- Light

Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown

Dark

Brown

4 Water

holding

capacity

% 25.31 26.92 56.34 28.11 69.48 76.3

5 SAR - <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

6 Bulk

Density gm/cc 1.14 1.09 0.97 1.04 1.1 0.95

7 Organic

Matter % 0.18 0.26 0.08 0.52 0.23 0.34

8

Electrical

Conductivi

ty of

saturation

extract

(1:2)

mhos/cm 120 190 140 160 190 200

9 Permeabili

ty mm/hour 2.13 2.17 1.93 2.12 2.02 2.27


3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT

In order to conduct EIA Studies, baseline data pertaining to water

environment of the existing project was carried out evaluating the basin

characteristics, drainage pattern, and hydrology.

3.13.1 Ground Water Quality

The project itself is a part of surface water body. The applied lease falls in

river Saraswati and Sagarmati River, near village Govindgarh, Akhepura,

Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan &



District – Ajmer of State – Rajasthan. Apart from said river Saraswati and

Sagarmati River; the water is not polluted. The applied lease area is free

of industrial pollutants.

3.13.2 Ground Water Quality Assessment

The sources of potable water are the hand pumps, tub-wells & dug well in

the area. Samples were collected from the available water resources

around the applied mine lease area. The samples were collected & tested

from different sites.

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting water samples from

representative open dug wells, tube wells, Ponds & hand pumps. The

details of water quality sites are given in below table. The samples were

collected during winter season (Dec., 2013 to Feb., 2014).

The ground water table is in this region between 20 and 25 mts. from the

ground level.

FIGURE 3.12: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE

ELEVATION, ULTIMATE DEPTH & GROUND WATER OF BLOCK

NO. 1 (SARASWATI RIVER)






water table.




FIGURE 3.13: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE

ELEVATION, ULTIMATE DEPTH & GROUND WATER OF BLOCK

NO. 2 (SAGARMATI RIVER)

3.13.3 Ground Water Monitoring Methodology

To evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of the water resources

existing in the study area, water samples from ground water sources were

collected during the winter season and characterized for physico-chemical

parameters. Water samples from seven ground water source were

characterized. There samples were taken as grab sample and were

analyzed for various parameters and compared with standards IS: 10500.

The locations of water sampling stations have been shown in below table.

TABLE 3.18: GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE

STUDY AREA

Station Code Location Location with respect to Site


GW1 Govindgarh 1.0 W

GW2 Jaswantpura 1.5 E

GW3 Budhwara 1.0 N

GW4 Pisangan 6.0 NW

GW5 Brijpura 7.0 NW

GW6 Garhi 4.0 NE

GW7 Kalesara 2.5 SW

Refer Figure 3.14: Ground Water Sampling Station in the study area.






water table.



Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri)

111

FIGURE 3.14: GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.15: PHOTOGRAPHS OF WATER SAMPLING IN THE STUDY AREA



3.13.4 Analysis Report of Ground Water Quality

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting seven water samples from representative hand pump and wells.

The physico-chemical characteristics of ground water samples presented in below table.

TABLE 3.19: ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Govindgarh Jaswanpura Budhwara Pisangan Brijpura Garhi Kalesara

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

1 pH value Hazen 7.93 7.3 7.44 7.67 7.31 7.51 7.48

2 Color -- <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0

3 Turbidity NTU 0.6 6.5 3.9 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.4

4 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5

Total

Hardness (as

CaCO3)

mg/l

242.4 588.94 177.76 592.08 259.52 193.92 165.64

6 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.06

7 Chlorides (as

Cl)

mg/l 284.91 256.92 89.97 134.95 134.95 31.99 94.97

8 Sulphate (So4) mg/l 104.62 170.28 95.97 288.34 167.45 97.1 97.78

9 Dissolved

solids

mg/l 983.54 1279.5 495.01 720.98 397.95 558.2 681.2

10 Electrical

Conductivity

µS/cm 1520 1970 760 1110 620 860 1051.25

11 Alkalinity mg/l 70 280 60 290 80 85 85

12 Nitrate (as mg/l 29.73 44.89 15 43.15 0.41 43.61 20.58



NO3)

13 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.53 0.36 0.49 0.56 0.32 0.41 0.58

14 Cynide (as

CN)

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

15 Copper (as Cu) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

16 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

17 Lead (as Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

18

Phenolic

Compounds

(as C6H5OH)

mg/l

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

19 Cadmium (as

Cd)


20 Total Arsenic

(as As)


21 Chromium (as

Cr)


22 Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

23 E.Coli/100ml -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

A review of the above chemical analysis that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from

different open wells, tube wells and hand pumps, but the ground water from all sources remains suitable for drinking

purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian

standard.



3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT:

3.14.1 Biological Aspects

The basic purpose to exploring the biological environment under

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making

process and to ensure that the project options under consideration are bio-

environmental-friendly. EIA identifies ways of improving project

environmentally by preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for

adverse impacts before exploration and development phase. The present

study on the floral assessment of the proposed project is based on field survey

of the area supported by secondary data from various governmental and non-

governmental sources.

Objective of the study

The objectives of this study were as follows:

1. To conduct detail study for floral/ faunal/ avifaunal elements in the

study area of proposed project site.

2. To assess scheduled species in the proposed site. (Rare, endangered,

critically endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

3. To identify locations and features of ecological significance

4. To collect Baseline data for the study area along with a description

of the existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.

5. To identify Impact of proposed project before exploration and

during development phase on the biological environment

3.14.2 Activities undertaken during the study

1. Flora survey

- Identification and documentation of Tree, shrub, herb, climber

and grass species

- Analysis of scheduled taxa of the proposed site

2. Fauna survey

- Identification and Documentation of Avian, Reptilian,

Amphibian, Mammal and other faunal diversity



- Observations by direct and indirect evidences.

- Analysis of Scheduled species.

3. Study of Habitat/microhabitat for the faunal elements in the project

site and surrounding areas within 10 km range from the site.

4. Photo documentation for flora and fauna (E – herbarium for flora).

Study area:

The proposed project is River Bed mining project of Ordinary sand, located

near villages Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada,

Nuriawas at Tehsil Pisangan, District Ajmer (Rajasthan) over an area of

163.4503 ha.. The major river of the proposed lease is Saraswati River and

Sagarmati River.

The topography of the applied area is mainly plain land marked with shallow

nalla and undulations. The drainage of this area in general flowing from east

towards west. The highest elevation of the lease area is 420 mRL and lowest

being 400 mRL. The lease area falls in Survey of India GT sheet no. 45 J/7.

The applied lease area falls in Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha, between

Latitude 26027’23.63”N to 26027’36.75”N and longitude 74023’42.90”E to

74025’14.18’’ E and Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha, between

Latitude 26022’16.96”N to 26021’57.32”N and longitude 74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E.

The applied area is Govt. land (River Bed). There is no reserves forest or

protected forest land within the applied lease area. One reserve forest is

present near Kishanpura village and Gaurikund Reserve forest is present in

the study area.

The study area has a hot semi-arid climate with over 55 centimetres of rain

every year but most of the rain occurs in the Monsoon months, between June

and September. Temperatures remain relatively high throughout the year,

with the summer months of April to early July having an average daily



temperature of about 30°C (86°F). During the monsoon there are frequent

heavy rains and thunderstorms but flooding is not a common occurrence. The

winter months of November to February are mild and temperate with

average temperatures ranging from 15–18°C (59–64°F) with little or no

humidity. There are, however, occasional cold weather front that cause

temperatures to fall to near freezing levels.

About 10 km buffer area from the lease boundary was taken for the present

biodiversity study from the project boundary. The study was under taken

during winter season, 2013-14.

TABLE 3.20: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION SELECTED FOR STUDY

OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

S. No. Sampling

Code Location

Location with respect to Site


1 EB1 Govindgarh 1.0 W

2 EB2 Lesawa 1.5 N

3 EB3 Jaswantpura 1.5 E

4 EB4 Brijpura 7.0 NW

5 EB5 Budhwara 1.0 N

6 EB6 Bhanwata 4.0 E

7 EB7 Lalikhera 6.0 SE

8 EB8 Pisangan 6.0 NW

9 EB9 Picholiya 5.0 N

10 EB10 Kishanpura 2.5 SW

Refer Figure 3.16: Biological Sampling Location Map in the study area.



FIGURE 3.16: BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATION MAP IN THE STUDY AREA



119

FIGURE 3.17: PHOTOGRAPHS OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN

THE STUDY AREA





Survey methodology

Flora

The present study on the floral assessment for the proposed project activity

is based on extensive field survey of the area. The study has been conducted

in winter season. The plant species were identified during floral survey and

with the help of nearby institutions / University and by secondary sources.

Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected with

vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process

the whole study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum

diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land

use pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. Data on

forest type, legal status and their extent in the study area has been collected

from forest department. The other relevant data on biodiversity,

economically important plant species and medicinal plant, rare and

endangered species in the study area have been collected during site visit

and from different secondary sources.

Fauna

The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the

specific faunal characteristics of the area. The assessment of fauna has been

done by extensive field survey of the area. During survey, Line Transect

method was used for the study of mammals and Transact & Patch sampling

was used for Amphibians. In addition the following sources were also used

during survey.

Sighting during ecological studies

Animal call

Foot mark and excreta

During survey, the presence of flora and fauna was also confirmed from the

local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of



their visits in the project area which was later confirmed from different

government offices like forest department, wildlife department etc.

Avifauna

During Birds survey actual counts of birds were made following the

standard survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through

in the chosen transect for sighting birds. The number of birds observed in

each sampling location was directly counted and listing was made. Birds

were noted, counted and identified with the help of 8X40 “Optima Zenith”

binocular and standard field identification guides.

Forest and Forest type in the study area:

The vegetation of the study area can be classified into tropical dry deciduous

forest type and Mixed miscellaneous forests in accordance with “Survey of

Forest Types of India” by Champion and Seth (1968)

Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests

These forests are found in areas having temperature of 25-320C and annual

rainfall of 75-125 cm along with a dry season of about six months. These

forests are mostly found in small patches in few parts of the state. Chief

characteristic feature of the forests is open canopy of small (10-15 m high)

trees and abundance of shrubs. Sporadic growth of certain species of dry

deciduous forests is found along the dry river beds of the state. The main

species found in this kind of forests are Anogeissus pendula, Anogeissus

latifolia, Acacia catechu, Terminalia tomentosa, Terminalia balerica,

Terminalia arjuna, Boswellia serrata, Dendrocalamus strictus, Lanea

grandis.

Mixed Miscellaneous Forests

These forests are mostly found in south eastern and eastern part of

Rajasthan. These Forests mainly have species like Anogeissus pendula,



Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Terminalia arjuna, Terminalia

chebula, Albizia lebbeck, Dalbergia paniculata etc. and its associates.

Floral investigation

Core zone

The core zone of the study area is applied mine lease area. Mining of

ordinary sand (Bajri) is proposed in the river bed, the applied lease area is

163.4503 ha (Govt. Land,).

The area covered under lease has sandy texture due to which very few

plants in the form of some grass and herb species have been observed in this

region. Few shrub and herbs have also been observed during the field

survey; prominent among them are Datura inoxia, Parthenium

hysterophorus, Argemone mexicana, Calotropis procera, Ipomoea fistulosa,

and Tribulus terrestris etc.

The periphery of the applied lease area is surrounded by village areas and

agriculture fields. Vegetation is limited to village areas and agriculture

fields. The dominant species observed during the survey are Acacia

leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Azadirachta

indica, Dalbergia sissoo, Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus

mauritiana etc.

Buffer zone (10 km from the boundary of applied mine lease area)

The land cover of the buffer zone is mostly dominated by open sparse

vegetation, agricultural fields in between and village areas. The buffer zone

does not have any eco-sensitive areas. Only two notified forest areas

observed in the buffer area i.e. one is near Kishanpura village and

Gaurikund Reserve forest. The prominent tree species observed in the buffer

zone are Acacia catechu, Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Aegle

marmelos, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Azadirachta indica, Bauhinia



racemosa, Butea monosperma, Cassia fistula, Dalbergia sissoo, Emblica

officinalis , Ficus benghalensis, Ficus racemosa, Mangifera indica, Melia

azedarach, Moringa oleifera, Pithecellobium dulce, Polyalthia longifolia,

Prosopis juliflora, Syzygium cumini, Tamarindus indica, Tecomella

undulate, Ziziphus mauritiana etc.

The shrub and herb species observed in the buffer zone are Jetropha curcus,

Aerva javanica, Calotropis procera, Cassia auriculata, Carissa congesta,

Crotalaria burhia, Datura stramonium, Euphorbia caduaifalia, Lantana

camara, Ocimum amercanum, Opuntia dillenii, Vitex negundo, Woodfordia

fruticosa, Zizyphus mauritiana, Zizyphus nummularia etc. List of plant

species recorded in the study area of proposed project site is presented in

below table.

TABLE 3.21: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA

S. No. Botanical Name Common Name Family

Trees

1. Acacia catechu Khair, Kheda Mimosaceae

2. Acacia leucophloea Ronj Leguminosae

3. Acacia nilotica Desi Babool Mimosaceae

4. Acacia Senegal Kumta Mimosaceae

5. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

6. Ailanthus excels Roxb. Ardu Simaroubaceae

7. Albizia lebbeck Kala Sira Mimosaceae

8. Anthocephalus indicus Kadam Rubiaceae

9. Anogeissus pendula Dhonk Combretaceae

10. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

11. Balanites aegyptica Hingotia Simarubaceae

12. Bauhinia racemosa Jhinjha Caesalpiniceae

13. Bauhinia varegata Kachnar Caesalpiniceae

14. Boswellia serrata Salar Burseraceae

15. Butea monosperma Dhak Papilionaceae




16. Cassia fistula Linn. Amaltash Leguminosae

17. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae

18. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Papilionaceae

19. Dichrostachys cineria Goyakhair Mimosaceae

20. Ehretia laevis Tambolia Boraginaceae

21. Emblica officinalis

Ceartn* Amla Euphorbiaceae

22. Eucalyptus hybrid Safeda Myrataceae

23. Ficus glomerata Gular Urticaceae

24. Ficus racemosa Umro Urticaceae

25. Flacourtia romantchi Kankon Bixaceae

26. Flacourtia indica Kanti Bixaceae

27. Holoptelia intgrifolia Churel Urticaceae

28. Lannea coromandelica Gurjan Anacardiaceae

29. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

30. Melia azedarach Bakayan Meliaceae

31. Millingtonia hortensis Neem Chameli Bignoniaceae

32. Mimusops hexzandra

elengi Rain Sapotaceae

33. Moringa oleifera Sahajana Moringaceae

34. Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Palmaceae

35. Pithecellobium dulce Jungle jalebi Mimosaceae

36. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae

37. Prosopis cineraria Khejri Mimosaceae

38. Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Babool Mimosaceae

39. Salvadora cleoides Pilu Salvadoraceae

40. Salvadora persica Khara Salvadoraceae

41. Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

42. Sterculia urens Kadaya Sterculiaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fabaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meliaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sapotaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arecaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annonaceae




43. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae

44. Tamarindus indica Imli Caesalpiniceae

45. Tamarix articulate Fans --

46. Tecomella undulate Rohida Bignoniaceae

47. Wrightia tomentosa Khirni, Dudhi Apocynaceae

48. Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

Shrubs & Herbs

49. Aerva javanica Bui Amaranthaceae

50. Acacia jacquemonti Banvali Mimosaceae

51. Calotropis procera Aakra Asclepiadaceae

52. Cassia auriculata Aaval Caesalpiniceae

53. Clerodendron viscosum Aarni Verbenaceae

54. Carissa congesta Karonda Apocynaceae

55. Cordia rothii Gundi Boraginaceae

56. Centella asiatica Brahmi Umbelliferaceae

57. Crotalaria burhia Saniya Papilionaceae

58. Datura stramonium Dhatura Solanaceae

59. Euphorbia caduaifalia Thor Eupheriaceae

60. Grewia flavescens Kali syahi Tiliaceae

61. Grewia tenax Gangan Tiliaceae

62. Holarrhena

antidysenterica Dudhi Apocynaceae

63. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

64. Laptedenia pyrotechnica Khinp Asclepiadaceae

65. Lepidagathis trinervis Unthkanta Acanthaceae

66. Ocimum amercanum Tulsi Labiatae

67. Opuntia dillenii Nagfani Cactaceae

68. Rhus musoraaensis Dasan Anacardiaceae

69. Tamarix dioica Jhau Tamaricaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amaranthaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asclepiadaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capparaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solanaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oleaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamiaceae




70. Vitex negundo Negad Verbenaceae

71. Woodfordia fruticosa Dhawdi Lythraceae

72. Zizyphus mauritiana Ber --

73. Zizyphus nummularia Jhadber Rhamnaceae

Climbers

74. Abrus pracaterious Chirmi Poapilionaceae

75. Asparagus racemosus Naharkanta Liliaceae

76. Bougainvillaea

apectabilis Bogenvelia Nyctaginaceae

77. Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae

78. Jasminum officinalis Chameli Cleaceae

79. Mimosa hemata -- Mimosaceae

80. Tinospora cordifolia Neem Giloy Menispermaceae

Bamboos & Grass

81. Aristida hystrix Lapla Graminae

82. Alpuda mutica Bhuganti Graminae

83. Chloris tenell Barna Graminae

84. Chloris virgata Barna Graminae

85. Cenchrus ciliaris Dhaman Graminae

86. Cenchrus setigerus Bharut Graminae

87. Cenchrus barbatus Bharut Graminae`

88. Cynodon dactylon Dub Graminae`

89. Cymbopogon jwarancusa Ruya Graminae`

90. Dendrocslmus strictus Bans Graminae

91. Dichanthium annulatum Karad Graminae

92. Ekragros tisminor Chadi bajra Graminae

93. Eremopogon fovelateeds -- Graminae

94. Heteropogon conterotus Surwala Graminae

95. Lasiurus indicus Sevan Graminae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asparagaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cuscuta_reflexa&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Convolvulaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menispermaceae




96. Saccharus spontaneum Kans Graminae

97. Sehima nervosum Siran Graminae

98. Sorghum halepense Baru Graminae

99. Themeda quadrivalvis Ratarda Graminae

Medicinal plants

The medicinal plants from forests are an important component of the Minor

Forest Produce. Otherwise known as Non-Timber Forests Produce (NTFP).

They are principal health care resource for majority of rural people. The

N.T.F.P. including medicinal plants may play more than a subsidiary role in

supplementing household income. There is depletion of medicinal plant

resource in the district due to over exploitation. The Medicinal Plants are

mostly harvested from wild resource i.e. forest land and only a very few of

number of species are cultivated. Some of the important Medicinal Plants

species found in the district are-Azadirachta indica, Emblica Officinalis,

Acacia nilotica, Adhatoda vasica, Aegle marmelos, Albizia procera, Aloe

vera, Calotropis procera, Emblica officinalis, Ficus religiosa, Ficus

bengalensis, Mangifera indica, Melia azadirach, Moringa oleifera, Tridax

procumbens, Sida acuta, Tamarindus indica, Terminalia bellerica, Vitex

Negundo etc. List of medicinal plant species recorded in the study area of

proposed project site is presented in below table.

TABLE 3.22: LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS OBSERVED IN STUDY

AREA

S.

N.

Botanical Name Common

Name

Family Medicinal Use

1. Abrus precatorius

Chirmi Fabaceae Uterine stimulant,

abortifacient, toxic.

2. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae Demulcent

3. 3. Adhatoda vasica Adulsa Acanthaceae Expectorant, antispasmodic,

febrifuge

4. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae Stomachic, antimicrobial

(specific for diarrhoea,

colitis, dysentery and enteric



S.

N.


Name


infections), digestive,

astringent, spasmolytic,

hypoglycaemic

5. Albizia procera Kala Siras Mimosaceae Anti-allergic

6. Aloe vera Gwarpatha Liliaceae Purgative, Gel—topically

emollient, anti-

inflammatory, antimicrobial

(used for wound healing,

sunburn)

7. Azadirachta indica

Neem Meliaceae Fever, Skin diseases

8. Bauhinia variegata

Kachnar Fabaceae Buds—a decoction is given in

piles (also used against

tumours), haematuria,

menorrhagia

9. Butea monosperma

Palash Fabaceae Liver disorders

10. Calotropis procera*

Mudar Asclepiadaceae Bronchial asthma, Leaves—

used for treating chronic

cases of dyspepsia,

flatulence, constipation and

mucus in stool

11. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae Purgative, Febrifugal,

Astringent,Antibilious

12. Cordia dichotoma

Gundo Boraginaceae Astringent, Demulcent,

Expectorant, Diuretic,

Anthelmintic

13. Dalbergia latifolia

Sisam Fabaceae Stimulant, Appetiser,

Anthelmintic, Spasmogenic

14. Dendrocalamus strictus

Manvel Poaceae Retained placenta

15. Emblica officinalis

Aamla Euphorbiaceae Antianaemic, Anabolic,

Antiemetic, Bechic,

Astringent,

Antihaemorrhagic,

Antidiarrhoeal, Diuretic,

Antidiabetic, Carminative,

Antioxidant

16. Eucalyptus sp. Nilgiri Myrtaceae Antiseptic, antibiotic,

antiviral, Antifungal,

antispasmodic

17. Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae Astringent, Antiseptic,

Alterative, laxative,

Haemostatic




S.

N.


Name


18. Ficus bengalensis

Bargad Moraceae Diabetes, Dysentery

19. Jatropha curcas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae Used for Scabies, Ringworm,

Eczema, Whitlow, Warts,

Syphilis

20. Lagerstroemia parviflora

Kalhariya,

Kakdiyo

Lythraceae Astringent, Fungitoxic

21. Lannea coromandelica

Moledi Anacardiaceae Bark—Stimulant and

Astringent; used in gout;

decoction for Aphthae of the

mouth and for toothache

22. Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae Stimulant, Demulcent,

Laxative, Anthelmintic,

Bechic

23. Mangifera indica

Aam Anacardiaceae Astringent, Antiscorbutic

24. Melia azadirach Neem Meliaceae Diuretic, Anthelmintic,

Antilithic

25. Moringa oleifera Mithosarag

avo

Moringaceae Cardiac and circulatory

stimulant

26. Nyctanthes arbor-tristis

Tamat,

Harsingar

Oleaceae Febrifuge, Anti-

inflammatory,Antispasmodic

, Hypotensive, Respiratory

stimulant. Used for fevers,

Rheumatism, Obstinate

sciatica

27. Ocimum gratissimum

Vantulsi Lamiaceae Neurological and Rheumatic

affections, in seminal

weakness and in aphthae of

children, Antibacterial,

Antifungal

28. Pithecellobium dulce*

Jungle

jalebi

Fabaceae Astringent, Febrifuge,

Antidysenteric

29. Polyalthia longifolia*

Ashoka Annonaceae Febrifuge, Causes cardiac

depression

30. Tridax procumbens

Kumru Asteraceae Styptic, Antidiarrhoeal,

Antidysenteric

31. Sida acuta Chikan Malvaceae Astringent, Cooling,

Stomachic, Febrifuge,

Diuretic; used for nervous

and sexual debility,

Haemorrhoids, Biliary

disorders

32. Syzygium Jamun Myrtaceae Acute diarrhea





http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asteraceae



S.

N.


Name


cumini

33. Tamarindus indica

Imli Fabaceae Cooling, Digestive,

Carminative, laxative,

Antiscorbutic

34. Tectona grandis Sagaun Verbenaceae Expectorant, Anti-

inflammatory,

Antibilious, Anthelmintic

35. Terminalia arjuna

Arjun Combretaceae Cardioprotective and

Cardiotonic

36. Terminalia bellerica

Behada Combretaceae Purgative, Astringent

37. Vitex Negundo Nirgudi Verbenaceae Anti-inflammatory,

Analgesic;

removes foetid discharges

and

worms from ulcers

Faunal Investigation

Mammals

Faunal assessment provides a basis for determining relative abundance and

rarity of each species which is important for assessing the diversity of fauna

of a particular area. Since animals are capable of movements from one place

to another, this makes their study entirely different. Different animals

prefer different types of habitat for food and shelter. With increase in

population and expansion habitation and agriculture fields, there has been

considerable degradation of wild life habitats. Also the vegetation structure

in the study area does not support higher mammalian species.

During field investigation with the help of tracks and signs, it was noted

that species like other than domesticated cows and dogs species like

Common mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Indian hare (Lepus nigricollis),

Five stripped squirrel (Funambulus pennant), Blue bull (Boselaphus

tragocamelus), Rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) are present in the study

area.



During public consultation it was documented that species like Cheetal

(Axis axis), Indian Hare (Lepus nigricollis), and Striped Hyena (Hyaena

hyaena) are occasionally observed in the study area. List of Mammals and

Reptiles recorded in the study area of proposed project site is presented in

below table.

TABLE 3.23: LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA

S. N. Common

name English name Zoological Name

A – Mammals

1. Jarakh Stripped hyena Hyaena hyaena

2. Jangali suar Indian wild boar Sus scrofa

3. Jhau chuha Hedgehog Hemichinus auritus

4. Khargosh Indian hare Lepus nigricollis

5. Gilhari Five stripped squirrel Funambulus pennanti

6. Sehi Indian porcupine Hystrix indica

7. Neelgaya Blue bull Boselaphus tragocamelus

8. Bandar Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta

9. Sambhar Sambar Cervus unicolor

Avifauna

Diversity of avifauna is one of the most important ecological indicators to

evaluate the quality of habitats. Now-a-days, avifaunal diversity has been

decreasing due to the destruction of natural habitats and human

disturbances. Random destruction of natural habitats by cutting nesting

trees and foraging plants for commercial use of woods and lands are the

main factor responsible for narrow down in avian foraging habitat and their

nesting sites. Thus, many species of birds may be forced to inhabit in the

urban areas and constrain them to breed there. Birds are essential animal

group of an ecosystem and maintain a trophic level. Therefore, detail study

on avifauna and their ecology is important to protect them.



The applied lease area is having very few plant species in the form of shrub,

herb and grass species and not an ideal habitat for bird species. Different

species were observed during field survey are Indian myna (Acridotheres

tristis), Blue rock pigeon (Columba livia), Indian robbin (Saxicoloides

fulicatus), Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), Black drongo (Dicrurus

macrocercus), House sparrow (Passer domesticus), House crow (Corvus

splendens), Hoopoe (Upupa epops), Common Babbler (Turdoides caudate),

Spotted dove (Spilopelia chinensis) and Little green bee eater (Merops

orientalis) etc. List of birds observed in the study area are presented in

below table.

TABLE 3.24: LIST OF BIRD SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA

S. N. Scientific

Name

Common

Name Family

Status in

Wildlife

Protection

Act-1972

Status in

IUCN

Category

1. Accipiter badius*

Shikara Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

2. Acridotheres ginginianus*

Bank Myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

3. Acridotheres tristis*

Common

Myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

4. Alcedo atthis* Small Blue

Kingfisher Alcedinidae Schedule IV Least Concern

5. Amaurornis phoenicurus

White

Breasted

Waterhen

Rallidae Schedule IV Least Concern

6. Apus affinis* House Swift Apodidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

7. Ardeola grayii* Indian Pond

Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

8. Athene brama Spotted

Owlet Strigidae Schedule IV Least Concern

9. Bubulcus ibis* Cattle Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

10. Cinnyris asiaticus*

Purple

Sunbird Nectariniidae Schedule IV Least Concern

11. Columba livia* Blue Rock

Pigeon Columbidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

12. Copsychus saularis*

Magpie

Robin Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

13. Coracias benghalensis*

Indian Roller Coraciidae Schedule IV Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sturnidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River_kingfishers

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apodidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ardeidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strigidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heron

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nectariniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dove

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muscicapidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraciidae



14. Corvus macrorhynchos*

Jungle Crow Corvidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

15. Corvus splendens*

House Crow Corvidae Schedule V Least Concern

16. Coturnix coturnix

Common

Quail Phasianidae Schedule IV Least Concern

17. Cuculus varius

Common

Hawk-

Cuckoo

Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

18. Dendrocitta vagabunda*

Rufous

Treepie Corvidae Schedule IV Least Concern

19. Dicrurus adsimilis*

Fork-tailed

Drongo Dicruridae Schedule IV Least Concern

20. Dicrurus paradiseus

Racket

Tailed

Drongo

Dicruridae Schedule IV Least Concern

21. Egretta garzetta*

Little Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

22. Elanus axillaris*

Black-

Shouldered

Kite

Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

23. Eudynamys scolopaceus*

Koel Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

24. Francolinus pondicerianus*

Grey

Partridge Phasianidae Schedule IV Least Concern

25. Galerida cristata*

Crested Lark Alaudidae Schedule IV Least Concern

26. Gallinula chloropus

Common

Moorhen Rallidae Schedule IV Least Concern

27. Grus antigone* Sarus Crane Gruidae Schedule IV Vulnerable

28. Halcyon smyrnensis*

White

Breasted

Kingfisher

Halcyonidae Schedule IV Least Concern

29. Himantopus himantopus

Black

Winged Stilt

Recurvirostrid

ae

Schedule IV Least Concern

30. Hirundo rustica*

Common

Swallow Hirundinidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

31. Lanius excubitor*

Grey Shrike Laniidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

32. Lanius vittatus* Bay Backed

Shrike Laniidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

33. Merops orientalis*

Small Green

Bee Eater Meropidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

34. Merops philippinus

Blue Tailed


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corvidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phasianidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dicruridae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuculidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lark

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rallidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Recurvirostridae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swallow

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shrike

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meropidae




35. Motacilla alba* White

Wagtail Motacillidae Schedule IV Least Concern

36. Motacilla capsica

Grey Wagtail Motacillidae Schedule IV Least Concern

37. Motacilla flava Yellow


38. Nycticorax nycticorax

Night Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

39. Oriolus xanthornus

Black

Headed

Oriole

Oriolidae Schedule IV Least Concern

40. Passer domesticus*

House

Sparrow Passeridae Not Enlisted Least Concern

41. Phalacrocorax niger

Little

Cormorant

Phalacrocoracid

ae


42. Picoides mahrattensis

Pied

Woodpecker Picidae Schedule IV Not enlisted

43. Ploceus philippinus

Baya Weaver Ploceidae Schedule IV Least Concern

44. Pseudibis papillosa*

Black Ibis Threskiornithi

dae


45. Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed

Parakeet Psittaculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

46. Psittacula krameri*

Rose Ringed


47. Pterocles exustus

Common

Sandgrouse Pteroclididae Schedule IV Least Concern

48. Pycnonotus cafer*

Red Vented

Bulbul Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern

49. Pycnonotus luteolus

White

Checked

Bulbul

Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern

50. Sarkidiornis melanotos

Comb Duck Anatidae Schedule IV Least Concern

51. Saxicoloides fulicatus*

Indian Robin Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

52. Streptopelia chinensis*

Spotted Dove Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

53. Sturnus pagodarum*

Brahminy

myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

54. Sturnus roseus Rosy

Starling Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

55. Tadorna ferruginea

Brahminy

Duck Anatidae Schedule IV Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motacillidae




http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oriolidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparrow

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phalacrocoracidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Picidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ploceidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Threskiornithidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psittaculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pteroclididae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulbul


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbidae






56. Terpsiphone paradisi

Asian

Paradise

Flycatcher

Monarchidae Schedule IV Least Concern

57. Treron phoenicoptera

Common

Green Pigeon Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

58. Turdoides caudate*

Common

Babbler Timaliidae Schedule IV Least Concern

59. Turdoides striata*

Jungle


60. Upupa epops* Hoopoe Upupidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

3.15 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.15.1 Land use of Study Area (Buffer Zone)

The total and of the study area is divided into following categories:-

i. Agriculture Plantation

ii. Crop Land

iii. Fallow Land

iv. River

v. Scrub Land

vi. Forest Plantation

vii. Forest

viii. Water Bodies

ix. Waste Land

x. Habitation

xi. Wet land

xii. Open Scrub Land

3.15.1.1 DATA INPUT

IRS LISS3 Multispectral digital FCC (False Color Composite) data from

NRSC Bhuwan Portal has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land

cover thematic map of study area. Project site mine plan map & Google

maps and Toposheet has been used as a reference map for preparation of

base layer map like road, rail network, project site boundary, landmarks

point etc.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timaliidae




Technical Details

Satellite Image IRS LISS3

Band Combination 2,3,4

DIP Software ERDAS Imagine 9.2 & Arc GIS 9

3.15.1.2 METHODOLOGY

Land use / Land cover map preparation, Base map creation; and Geometric

correction of satellite image has been processed using ERDAS Imagine 9.2

Software.

The methodology used for Land use pattern of study area is explained in

following headings.

3.15.1.3 GEOREFERENCING OF TOPO MAPS

SOI toposheet has been geo-referenced in geographic lat/long coordinate

system using ERDAS Imagine Software.

3.15.1.4 BASE MAP LAYER CREATION

Project site mine plan map & Google maps and geo-referenced toposheet has

used as a reference map for base layer creation. In base layer linear, polygon

and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and project site have

been created in vector data format. Base map layer information has been

used for analysis of surrounding feature like road, rail, and village location

near project site activity through superimposed on thematic map for data

integration.

3.15.1.5 INTERPRETATION OF SATELLITE IMAGE

Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image

processing for identification of different land use and vegetation cover

classes based on spectral signature of geographic feature. Spectral signature

represents various land use class. Image interpretation keys are developed,

based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern,

shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation of satellite images for

ground feature.



For validation of Land Use Plan Ground truth data on geographic features

of the study area has been collected by site visit to the area for verification of

information of the different doubtful features of the study areas, which were

found to be responsible for the occurrence of specific spectral reflectance

behavioral patterns. Ground truth data has been carried out for verification

of the ground features (esp. one in doubt) interpretation accuracy and

reliability of remotely sensed data.

CONCLUSION

All vector layer superimposed on land use land cover map for final map

composition and used for analysis and study of area.

3.15.1.6 Agricultural Yield of the Study Area

Agricultural practice is the main source of income of the study area. The

major crops grown are Sorghum, pulses, mustard Gram, Wheat, Barley,

Cotton, Horticulture crops is Mango, Guava, Pomegranate, Amla, Lime,

Tomato, Brinjal, Onion, Tinda, Cole Crops etc.

TABLE 3.26: LAND USE PATTERN ON SATELLITE IMAGE

S. No. Class Names Area (Ha.) % (Area)

i Agriculture Plantation 5746.81 8.79

ii Crop Land 24723.31 37.84

iii Fallow Land 5317.47 8.14

iv River 1380.22 2.11

v Scrub land 13022.15 19.93

vi Forest Plantation 1292.63 1.98

vii Forest 3015.28 4.61

viii Water Bodies 227.14 0.35

ix Waste Land 3654.67 5.59

x Habitation 549.59 0.84

xi Wet Land 4876.24 7.46

xii Open Scrub Land 1537.16 2.35

Total 65342.66 100

Refer Figure 3.18: Land Use Pattern of the study area.

Refer Figure 3.19: Satellite image of the study area.



139

FIGURE 3.18: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA.



140

FIGURE 3.19: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA



141

3.15.2 Land use of Applied Lease area (Core Zone)

The applied lease area is 163.4503 hectare has undulate topography with

shallow nallah in the area. No Agriculture field exists within the applied

lease area. No forest land is involved in the core zone. The summarized

details of the type of and covered in the lease area is indicated in below

table.

TABLE 3.27: LAND USE PATTERN-PRE OPERATIONAL &

OPERATIONAL PHASE IN HECTARE

S.

No. Particulars

PRE

OPERATIONAL

PHASE

OPERATIONAL

PHASE

1 Under mining Area -- 118.0000

2 Dumps -- --

3 Plantation -- 25.0000

4 Road 0.3400 0.3600

5 Railway Track -- --

6 Backfilled Mined Out -- --

7 Remaining virgin Govt.

land 163.1103 20.0903

Total 163.4503 163.4503

3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.16.1 Reconnaissance

The project area falls near village, Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura

Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District – Ajmer

(Rajasthan)

3.16.2 Baseline Status

Baseline information on the socio-economic environment was collected

within 10 km radius surrounding the proposed study area. The process

related database thus generated includes:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure base in the area

Economic structure



142

Health status

Cultural attributes

Socio economic status in relation to quality of life

Public awareness and their concern about the project

The primary socio economic data was collected through field survey in

sample villages in study area as well as the observations by the survey

team. It has been subs tainted with relevant socioeconomic data from

secondary sources of various official records. viz., Census records, District

statistical abstract, district health office, District industry center tourism

office etc. Socio- Economic Survey was done by group discussion with local

people, village leaders and Government officials.

TABLE 3.28: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION SELECTED FOR

STUDY OF SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

S. No. Code Location Location with respect to Site

1 SE1 Govindgarh Distance (Km) Direction

2 SE2 Lesawa 1.0 W

3 SE3 Jaswantpura 1.5 N

4 SE4 Brijpura 1.5 E

5 SE5 Budhwara 7.0 NW

6 SE6 Bhanwata 1.0 N

7 SE7 Lalikhera 4.0 E

8 SE8 Pisangan 6.0 SE

9 SE9 Picholiya 6.0 NW

10 SE10 Kishanpura 5.0 N

Refer Figure 3.20: Socio Economic Sampling Location in the Study Area.



143

FIGURE 3.20: SOCIO ECONOMIC SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



144

FIGURE 3.21: PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY BY

THE EXPERTS



145

3.16.3 Demographic Structure

The details concerning the demographic structure of the study area was

collected from Census record of Ajmer & Nagaur district from Rajasthan

State, 2011 census. The details about demographic structure are given in

Table 3.29, literacy details in Table 3.30 and summary of demographic

information is given in Table 3.31.

The salient features are as follows:

Total population of the region as per 2011 census is 113381 out

of which 57776 are male and 55605 are female. Shown in Fig

3.22.

Total household are 21281 with a family size of 5.

Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 59915 (53%).

Shown in Fig 3.23.

Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is

962 this shows that male population is higher in the region as

compared with the female population. Sex ratio is given in Fig

3.24.

Out of the total population Scheduled Caste 17644(16%) and

Scheduled Tribe population is 1004(1%) respectively.



146

TABLE 3.29: DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE

S.N. Village Name No_

HH TOT _P TOT _M

TOT

_F P_ 06 M_ 06 F_ 06 P_ SC

M_

SC

F_

SC P_ ST

M_

ST

F_

ST

Sub District Ajmer

1 Bhanwta 805 4323 2202 2121 641 335 306 537 276 261 0 0 0

2 Kharekhari 524 2835 1547 1288 598 330 268 106 57 49 0 0 0

3 Kishanpura 656 3557 1841 1716 628 331 297 527 261 266 1 1 0

4 Rampura Nand 244 1272 658 614 192 105 87 443 222 221 0 0 0

5 Nand 449 2315 1173 1142 407 213 194 433 214 219 0 0 0

Sub Total 2678 14302 7421 6881 2466 1314 1152 2046 1030 1016 1 1 0

Sub District Pisangan

6 Akhepura 180 991 505 486 194 94 100 31 13 18 0 0 0

7 Bhagwanpura 338 1798 901 897 335 165 170 466 228 238 8 4 4

8 Dodiyana 425 2113 1081 1032 373 192 181 237 127 110 0 0 0

9 Budhwara 688 3744 1918 1826 570 310 260 835 418 417 9 5 4

10 Fatehpura 173 800 399 401 95 47 48 106 53 53 0 0 0

11 Garhi Goojran 156 791 402 389 132 71 61 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Govindgarh 1208 7023 3585 3438 1084 593 491 941 463 478 108 60 48

13 Jaswantpura 356 1911 952 959 332 155 177 266 120 146 4 2 2

14 Jethana 1198 6291 3136 3155 839 462 377 1305 644 661 119 65 54

15 Kalesara 505 2418 1226 1192 352 187 165 595 285 310 0 0 0



16 Peesangan 2778 15471 7926 7545 2351 1269 1082 2157 1082 1075 129 73 56

17 Ram Nagar 117 732 362 370 142 73 69 0 0 0 0 0 0

18 Rampura Dabla 350 1964 991 973 292 150 142 458 222 236 0 0 0

19 Nooriyawas 383 1967 1020 947 341 189 152 393 203 190 10 6 4

20 Pagara 312 1643 847 796 330 179 151 300 151 149 0 0 0

21 Picholiya 812 4264 2188 2076 688 358 330 1039 526 513 18 7 11

22 Dantra 569 2833 1428 1405 435 208 227 516 276 240 0 0 0

23 Hanwantpura 96 502 240 262 64 25 39 162 76 86 0 0 0

24 Makrera 437 2313 1182 1131 319 166 153 429 211 218 56 26 30

25 Kotaj 264 1462 763 699 317 175 142 0 0 0 125 67 58

26 Mewariya 202 982 492 490 152 84 68 288 145 143 0 0 0

27 Nad 158 853 412 441 148 74 74 180 83 97 0 0 0

28 Reechhmaliya 325 1531 805 726 261 136 125 398 205 193 0 0 0

29 Samrathpura 222 1353 662 691 245 116 129 165 80 85 0 0 0

30 Sethan 225 1030 478 552 175 69 106 207 84 123 0 0 0

31 Surajkund 345 1877 979 898 408 221 187 355 178 177 0 0 0

32 Motisar 216 1262 675 587 233 128 105 301 158 143 4 1 3

33 Nagelao 843 4468 2229 2239 815 429 386 486 234 252 29 15 14

34 Sawaipura 214 1138 568 570 239 118 121 239 121 118 10 6 4

35 Nathoothala 328 1726 889 837 344 182 162 186 100 86 0 0 0

Sub Total 14423 77251 39241 38010 12605 6625 5980 13041 6486 6555 629 337 292



Sub District Beawar

36 Kotra 600 3019 1477 1542 509 264 245 338 168 170 0 0 0

37 Rawatmal 191 852 432 420 120 76 44 29 16 13 39 22 17

38 Roopaheli 142 613 312 301 128 74 54 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sub Total 933 4484 2221 2263 757 414 343 367 184 183 39 22 17

Sub district Masuda

39 Nadi 619 2872 1520 1352 356 197 159 25 14 11 0 0 0

Sub District Nasirabad

40 Nayagaon 431 2331 1168 1163 457 215 242 62 31 31 44 15 29

41 Budhpura 127 719 372 347 116 64 52 68 37 31 0 0 0

Sub Total 558 3050 1540 1510 573 279 294 130 68 62 44 15 29

Sub District Bhinay

42 Peepaliya 180 956 469 487 158 67 91 317 165 152 17 6 11

43 Mataji Ka Khera 105 613 302 311 96 49 47 44 23 21 0 0 0

Sub Total 285 1569 771 798 254 116 138 361 188 173 17 6 11

Sub District Sarwar

44 Goyla 589 2812 1459 1353 445 238 207 948 500 448 188 99 89

45 Kumhariya 106 656 324 332 93 47 46 116 56 60 10 4 6

Sub Total 695 3468 1783 1685 538 285 253 1064 556 508 198 103 95

Sub District Kekri

46 Sarsari 230 1140 572 568 147 78 69 206 106 100 75 37 38



Sub District Nagaur

47 Naya Gaon 271 1775 897 878 269 137 132 287 142 145 0 0 0

Sub district Merta

48 Basni Narsingh

Barsingh 7 38 21 17 6 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

49 Chopra Ki

Dhani 122 717 388 329 127 68 59 16 10 6 0 0 0

50 Naya Khera 1 8 4 4 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sub Total 130 763 413 350 135 74 61 16 10 6 0 0 0

Sub District Degana

51 Lakheena 140 829 449 380 163 97 66 0 0 0 0 0 0

52 Peepliya 211 1142 570 572 199 104 95 75 32 43 0 0 0

53 Kalni Kumaran 108 736 378 358 148 81 67 26 11 15 1 0 1

Sub Total 459 2707 1397 1310 510 282 228 101 43 58 1 0 1

Grand Total 21281 113381 57776 55605 18610 9801 8809 17644 8827 8817 1004 521 483

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State Rajasthan



150

TABLE 3.30: LITERACY DETAILS

S. N. Village Name P_

LIT

M_

LIT

F_

LIT

P_

ILL

M_

ILL

F_

ILL

Sub District Ajmer

1 Bhanwta 2773 1628 1145 1550 574 976

2 Kharekhari 1158 804 354 1677 743 934

3 Kishanpura 1751 1142 609 1806 699 1107

4 Rampura Nand 657 407 250 615 251 364

5 Nand 1224 779 445 1091 394 697

Sub Total 7563 4760 2803 6739 2661 4078

Sub District Pisangan

6 Akhepura 416 285 131 575 220 355

7 Bhagwanpura 919 581 338 879 320 559

8 Dodiyana 988 645 343 1125 436 689

9 Budhwara 1738 1123 615 2006 795 1211

10 Fatehpura 467 285 182 333 114 219

11 Garhi Goojran 346 235 111 445 167 278

12 Govindgarh 4124 2510 1614 2899 1075 1824

13 Jaswantpura 916 584 332 995 368 627

14 Jethana 3987 2308 1679 2304 828 1476

15 Kalesara 1227 777 450 1191 449 742

16 Peesangan 9943 5893 4050 5528 2033 3495

17 Ram Nagar 259 167 92 473 195 278

18 Rampura Dabla 955 642 313 1009 349 660

19 Nooriyawas 957 629 328 1010 391 619

20 Pagara 618 439 179 1025 408 617

21 Picholiya 2222 1389 833 2042 799 1243

22 Dantra 1507 990 517 1326 438 888



23 Hanwantpura 274 168 106 228 72 156

24 Makrera 1280 825 455 1033 357 676

25 Kotaj 751 496 255 711 267 444

26 Mewariya 499 322 177 483 170 313

27 Nad 406 272 134 447 140 307

28 Reechhmaliya 538 363 175 993 442 551

29 Samrathpura 767 438 329 586 224 362

30 Sethan 476 300 176 554 178 376

31 Surajkund 923 588 335 954 391 563

32 Motisar 586 406 180 676 269 407

33 Nagelao 1913 1285 628 2555 944 1611

34 Sawaipura 586 349 237 552 219 333

35 Nathoothala 772 548 224 954 341 613

Sub Total 41360 25842 15518 35891 13399 22492

Sub District Beawar

36 Kotra 1742 1079 663 1277 398 879

37 Rawatmal 505 311 194 347 121 226

38 Roopaheli 292 190 102 321 122 199

Sub Total 2539 1580 959 1945 641 1304

Sub District Masuda

39 Nadi 1652 1194 458 1220 326 894


40 Nayagaon 1082 727 355 1249 441 808

41 Budhpura 239 196 43 480 176 304

Sub Total 1321 923 398 1729 617 1112

Sub District Bhinay

42 Peepaliya 384 271 113 572 198 374

43 Mataji Ka Khera 280 186 94 333 116 217

Sub Total 664 457 207 905 314 591



Sub District Sarwar

44 Goyla 1309 853 456 1503 606 897

45 Kumhariya 263 186 77 393 138 255

Sub Total 1572 1039 533 1896 744 1152

Sub District Kekri

46 Sarsari 616 426 190 524 146 378

Sub District Nagaur

47 Naya Gaon 1059 645 414 716 252 464

Sub District Merta

48 Basni Narsingh

Barsingh 21 12 9 17 9 8

49 Chopra Ki Dhani 364 265 99 353 123 230

50 Naya Khera 2 1 1 6 3 3

Sub Total 387 278 109 376 135 241

Sub District Degana

51 Lakheena 372 254 118 457 195 262

52 Peepliya 501 342 159 641 228 413

53 Kalni Kumaran 309 188 121 427 190 237

Sub Total 1182 784 398 1525 613 912

Grand Total 59915 37928 21987 53466 19848 33618

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State

Rajasthan



TABLE 3.31: DEMOGRAPHIC SUMMARY

Demographic Parameters Details

No of States 1

No. of District 2

No of Tehsils 11

Total No. of Households 21281

Total Population 113381

Sex ratio (No. of female\ 1000 males) 962

Scheduled castes (%) 17644(16%)

Scheduled Tribes (%) 1004(1%)

Literate (%) 59915(53%)

Main Worker 35923(32%)

Marginal Worker 16410(14%)

Non-Worker 61048(54%)

TABLE 3.32: MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN

S.

N. Village Name

MAIN

WORK

_P

MARG

WORK

_P

NON_

WORK

_P

MAIN_

CL_

P

MAIN_

AL_

P

MAIN

_HH_

P

MAIN

_OT_

P

Sub District Ajmer

1 Bhanwta 1273 519 2531 374 429 9 461

2 Kharekhari 615 365 1855 44 17 72 482

3 Kishanpura 1182 339 2036 501 392 36 253

4 Rampura

Nand 463 239 570 26 382 22 33

5 Nand 1055 102 1158 444 378 12 221

Sub Total 4588 1564 8150 1389 1598 151 1450

Sub district Pisangan

6 Akhepura 379 126 486 206 87 21 65

7 Bhagwanpura 615 214 969 278 153 3 181



8 Dodiyana 495 595 1023 212 126 10 147

9 Budhwara 900 419 2425 431 228 32 209

10 Fatehpura 234 205 361 82 80 5 67

11 Garhi Goojran 288 193 310 137 7 2 142

12 Govindgarh 1961 650 4412 461 393 112 995

13 Jaswantpura 602 332 977 314 125 9 154

14 Jethana 1942 672 3677 704 441 134 663

15 Kalesara 874 382 1162 515 98 24 237

16 Peesangan 4426 1773 9272 738 571 219 2898

17 Ram Nagar 373 24 335 107 252 0 14

18 Rampura

Dabla 558 580 826 310 101 7 140

19 Nooriyawas 329 511 1127 47 29 10 243

20 Pagara 660 243 740 438 88 13 121

21 Picholiya 1633 394 2237 608 534 35 456

22 Dantra 800 624 1409 363 175 58 204

23 Hanwantpura 65 180 257 16 1 0 48

24 Makrera 864 615 834 317 176 79 292

25 Kotaj 319 713 430 0 6 0 313

26 Mewariya 449 73 460 270 113 0 66

27 Nad 134 286 433 40 1 0 93

28 Reechhmaliya 754 195 582 203 506 14 31

29 Samrathpura 637 51 665 182 434 4 17

30 Sethan 510 40 480 282 119 6 103

31 Surajkund 470 329 1078 343 46 0 81

32 Motisar 540 179 543 402 60 0 78

33 Nagelao 661 1544 2263 270 22 33 336

34 Sawaipura 379 169 590 275 86 0 18

35 Nathoothala 473 302 951 137 84 9 243

Sub Total 23324 12613 41314 8688 5142 839 8655

Sub District Beawar



36 Kotra 471 717 1831 223 31 12 205

37 Rawatmal 187 57 608 98 25 3 61

38 Roopaheli 122 114 377 11 0 1 110

Sub Total 780 888 2816 332 56 16 376

Sub District Masuda

39 Nadi 1336 13 1523 332 655 1 348


40 Nayagaon 666 272 1393 194 79 10 383

41 Budhpura 403 0 316 293 13 0 97

Sub Total 1069 272 1709 487 92 10 480

Sub District Bhinay

42 Peepaliya 557 9 390 485 6 10 56

43 Mataji Ka

Khera 274 114 225 241 14 0 19

Sub Total 831 123 615 726 20 10 75

Sub District Sarwar

44 Goyla 1094 168 1550 661 73 32 328

45 Kumhariya 374 8 274 330 0 0 44

Sub Total 1468 176 1824 991 73 32 372

Sub District Kekri

46 Sarsari 474 134 532 261 38 1 174

Sub District Nagaur

47 Naya Gaon 284 491 1000 163 1 2 118

Sub District Merta

48

Basni

Narsingh

Barsingh

11 3 24 11 0 0 0

49 Chopra Ki

Dhani 389 105 223 377 0 0 12

50 Naya Khera 2 0 6 0 0 0 2

Sub Total 402 108 253 388 0 0 14



Sub District Degana

51 Lakheena 406 1 422 383 2 0 21

52 Peepliya 581 17 544 473 76 0 32

53 Kalni

Kumaran 380 10 346 312 55 6 7

Sub Total 1367 28 1312 1168 133 6 60

Grand Total 35923 16410 61048 14925 7808 1068 12122

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State

Rajasthan

FIGURE 3.22: POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.23: LITERATE AND ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY

AREA

FIGURE 3.24: SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.25: EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.26: MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY

AREA



3.16.4 Economic Attributes

Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically

active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work-

Work may be defined as participation in any economically productive activity.

Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not

actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. It also includes

unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.

The employment pattern of worker and Main worker of the study area is

described below and presented in Table 3.32 As well as in Fig.3.25 and Fig 3.26.

Main worker population is 35923(32%), 16410(14%) comes under

marginal worker category and 61048(54%) belong to non-workers

category.

Main other workers are 12122 (34%). and main cultivators workers

are 14925(41%)

There are 7808(22%) and 1068(3%) workers as agriculture and house

hold industry worker.

3.16.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

3.16.5.1 Sampling Method

A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing

respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and

females, teachers, medical practitioners, businesspersons, agriculture laborers,

fishermen, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method

includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the

purpose of research needs.



Data Collection Method

Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing and

collecting data, for example, as part of a process improvement or similar project.

The purpose of data collection is to obtain information to keep on record, to

make decisions about important issues, to pass information on to others.

Primarily, data are collected to provide information regarding a specific topic.

Data collection usually takes place early on in an improvement project, and is

often formalized through a data collection plan which often contains the

following activity.

Pre collection activity — agree on goals, target data, definitions,

methods

Collection — data collection

Present Findings — usually involves some form of sorting analysis

and/or presentation

Main types of data collection include census, sample survey, and administrative

by-product and each with their respective advantages and disadvantages. A

census refers to data collection about everyone or everything in a group or

population and has advantages, such as accuracy and detail and disadvantages,

such as cost and time.

Types of Data

The data needed for a social science research may be broadly classified into

Data pertaining to human beings,

Data relating to organization

Data pertaining to territorial

Field Survey and Observations

Field research involves the collection of primary data or information that is

new. This is collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out

specifically for a purpose Observations can be conducted on nearly any subject

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Process_improvement

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_collection_plan



matter and the kinds of observations will do depend on survey question. Field

Survey and Observations were made at each sampling village and the quality of

life of that region is studied. Visits were made at hospitals, primary health

centers and sub-centers to know the health status of the region. Various

governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of

census operations are visited to collect the population details of that region.

Interview Method

Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys are also conducted through interviews.

Interviews consist of asking questions, listening to individuals and recording

their responses. At times, you may find it more profitable to ask questions to a

few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale questionnaire based

survey. The interview can be done very informally, e.g. as conversations with

people met in the fields, co-operative stores or block offices. At the other end of

the scale, highly structured interviews often rely on questionnaires or interview

schedules with mostly closed-ended questions that allow the respondents only a

limited range of possible answers. Structured interview method is used to

collect data regarding the awareness and opinion from the sample selected of

the various socio- economic sections of the community. The questionnaire

mainly highlights the parameters of primary needs.

The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect sample of the

general population can be reached and respond to the approach. Interview

method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the

interviewer is present during the field survey.

Socio-economic survey was conducted in ten villages within the study area

located in all directions with reference to the project site.

The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and

their opinion about the impacts of the project, which is an important aspect of

socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care,

transportation facility and economic status.



The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:

According to survey done in the study area, survey observation as per below:

In the study area main occupation of villagers is agricultural work, labor

work and small business

Most of the houses are in pakka form.

Roads are well connected with district place

Farmers are depend on mainly monsoon for agricultural activity

Communication facility is good with mobile network and transportation

facility

All villages are well electrified and used for all purposes

Main language in study area is Rajasthani as well as Hindi is widely spoken

by population.

Mainly LPG is used by villagers for cooking purpose. Other sources are wood,

kerosene etc.

3.16.5.2 Awareness and Opinion

Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of

events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can

be confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In

general, an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or

interpretation of facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument, although

people may draw opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the

awareness and opinion about the project activity socio-economic survey was

conducted in the sampling villages. The salient observations drawn through

survey are described below:

The respondents from almost all the villages are aware about the project activity.

Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they opined

that due to proposed project activity, quality of life of the villages will improve.

Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during and

after project activity.

=======*******======

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conscious

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object_(philosophy)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pattern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emotion

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fact



CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Any human activity in any environment produces impact, modifying it to a

status which is considered adverse of beneficial according to the damage or

improvement it brings about in physical, chemical and biological status of

air, water, land including biota and in socio-cultural life styles and economy

of the populace it affects. Depending on the nature of activities and

existing status, the impacts are assessed for their importance. On the basis

of the impact analysis, the mitigating action and future monitoring

requirement are focused in the Environmental Management Plan for

counting or minimizing adverse impacts.

Effects of this mining project on each of the environmental parameters are

detailed below in accordance with the parameter of environment likely to be

affected.

- Topography & Drainage

- Climate

- Air environment

- Land environment

- Ecology

- Water environment

- Noise levels

- Soil

- Socio-economic environment

- Cultural and Heritage environment



Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or

secondary. Primary impacts are those which can be attributed directly to the

project. On the indirect or induced and typically include the associated

investments and change patterns of social and economic by the proposed

actions.

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE

4.2.1 Impact on topography & drainage

Topography of the surrounding area will remain unchanged. No change in

topography of applied mining lease area, because due to removal of sand,

temporary pits will be generated and it will be replenished during the monsoon.

4.2.2 Drainage

Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area is part of

Saraswati and Sagarmati River. The drainage pattern of the applied lease area

is from east to west direction. Systematic mining i.e. removal/ collection of sand

will be done as per approved mining plan. So there will be no impact on the

drainage pattern.

Mitigation Measures

The mine working will be confined to river bed only and in no case disturbing

any surface area outside which may affect topography or drainage.

Proposed Mining blocks for removal/collection of sand will change the

topography of river bed on permanent basis, there is possibility of re-

establishment of the topography of the area.

Mining will be done in a planned way i.e. removal and collection of sand shall

be started from the center part and then laterally in 3 meter thickness, so that

the river course will not get affected.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked on

the bank side as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.



The removal and collection of sand from river bed will not have any impact on

natural drainage of surrounding area as the removed Bajri from river bed is

possibility of re-establishment of the topography of the area.

4.3 IMPACTS ON CLIMATE

4.3.1 Temperature

The temperature pattern is a regional behavior and is not likely to be

affected by the river bed mining activity over a small area. Some local effect

may be perceived due to mining, afforestation and creation of voids in the

applied lease area.

4.3.2 Rainfall

The trend of rainfall, as studied and discussed in last chapter, forms part

of a regional pattern, not dependent on the relatively small area of river bed

mining activity. The mining operation, therefore, is not likely to have any

adverse impact on rainfall pattern.

4.3.3 Wind Speed

The wind speed in any area is dependent upon local topography and

generation of elevation and depression of pressure changes in the region.

The controlling factors for the pressure changes lie much beyond the

control of small area under mining operations. Thus, no adverse impact on

the regional wind speed is anticipated due to the mining operations.

However, some local ground level changes may take place due to the

buildings, green belt developed around the applied mine, etc.

1.3.4 Humidity

The pattern of relative humidity depends mainly on the rainfall, wind,

temperature and other weather phenomenon that regional in behavior. The



mining operation is not likely to have any impact on the relative humidity in the

surrounding.

4.5 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 Impact through Mathematical Modeling for Sand Mining Project

As explained in the previous chapter, the ambient air quality monitoring

results show that all the parameters such as PM10, SO2, and NOx are within

the limits prescribed by CPCB for “Industrial and Mixed use” areas as well as

areas meant for “Residential and Rural” areas. This scenario is with the

expansion already in place.

The major contribution of air pollution is by river bed mining, such as

excavation, loading, transportation, and handling of Bajri. This will lead to

momentary rise in the particulate matter (PM10). The dust liberated in mining

and other related operations is injurious to heath if inhaled in sufficient

quantity.

4.5.2 Air Pollution Modeling

The impact of the expansion on the air quality has been predicated using

Fugitive Dust Model (FDM), which is a computerized air quality model

specifically designed for computing concentration and deposition impacts

from fugitive dust sources. The sources may be point, line or area sources. The

model has not been designed to compute the impacts of buoyant point sources,

thus it contains no plume rise logarithm. The model is generally based on the

well-known Gaussian Plume formulation for computing concentrations, but

the model has been specifically adapted to incorporate an improved

gradient transfer deposition algorithm. Emissions for each source are

apportioned by the user into a series of particle size classes. A

gravitational setting velocity and a deposition velocity are calculated by

FDM for each class.



4.5.3 Pollutants / Model Options Considered for Computations

The model simulations deal with major Pollution Particulate Matter (PM10) and

gaseous emissions viz. SO2 & NO2.

4.5.4 Meteorological Data

Data recorded by continuous weather monitoring station on wind speed,

direction, and temperature at one hour interval for the monitoring period was

used as meteorological input.

4.5.5 Presentation of result

In the present case model simulations have been carried using the hourly triple

joint frequency data. Short – term simulations were carried to estimate

concentration at the receptors to obtain an optimum description of variations in

concentrations over the site in 10-km radius covering 16 directions.

The incremental concentration is estimated for the monitoring period. For each

time scale, i.e. for 24 hr. the model computes the highest concentration observed

during the period over all the measurement points.

Dust emission rate from the applied mining area, based on the following

empirical formula.

a) Dust emission due to excavation:

Pa x 23.6

Dust emission (DE) = ----------------------

Wd x Wh x 1000

DE = Dust emission in kg/hr

Pa = Annual Excavation in Tonnes

Wd = No. of days of operation in a year



Wh = Effective working hrs. in a day

About 23.6 Quantity of dust emitted in kg/for 1000 tonnes of excavation

Dust emission rate of proposed blocks are given in below table.

S.

No. Block

Area

(Hectare)

Production

(TPA)

Dust

emission rate

1 Block No. 1 (Saraswati River) 51.3618 5,60,000 5.506

2 Block No. 2 (Sagarmati River) 112.0885 5,60,000 5.506

The above mentioned emission rate is without adoption of dust control

measures. The literature suggests that dust control measures reduce the

emissions and effective emission rate is one third of the computed emission.

Accordingly emission rate to be in the modeling is (5.506 /3) i.e. 1.835 kg/hr.

Mine Dimensions

The mine dimensions are as follows:

Applied Area = 163.4503 hectare

Meteorological Data

On site hourly meteorological data for winter months (Dec 2013 to Feb. 2014)

in respect of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and cloud amount are

utilized in this study. The data was put in model format. The mixing heights

have been extracted from CPCB publications.

Modeling Procedure

Methodology:

Prediction of ground level concentrations (glc’s) due to mining have been made

by Industrial Source Complex, Short Term (ISCST3) as per CPCB guidelines.

ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses

rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality

models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). The model assumes receptors on undulating



and hilly. This model is capable of handling point, area, and line sources

simultaneously.

Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction ambient

temperature, stability class, mixing height and wind exponents. The model

details follow.

Gaussian Plume Model

Ground Level Concentration, from a point source at any receptor under

unlimited mixing is given by (USEPA ISCST3, 1987).

Qg1g2

=

Where,

g1 = exp(-y2/2y2)

g2 = exp[-(z-H)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H)2/2z

2]

In unstable or neutral conditions if z > 1.6 L (limited mixing) the distribution

below the mixing height is uniform with height provided that both the effective

height H, and the receptor height z are below the mixing height

Qg1

= In unstable case or neutral conditions when z < 1.6 L

Qg1

=

Where,

Q = source strength

Z = receptor height above the ground

u = wind speed

L = mixing height and

y &z = dispersion parameters

g3 = exp[-(z-H+2NL)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H+2NL)2/2z

2]

(yLu 2 )

(2 y zu)

(2 y zu)



Evaluation with N the number of reflections, varying from –4 to +4 is usually

sufficient

Stability Classification

Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as

suggested by Slade(1965)and recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

= Wdr/6

, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind

direction fluctuation or width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for

stability classes is given as under.

Stability Class (degree)

A > 22.5

B 22.4 – 17.5

C 17.4 – 12.5

D 12.4 – 7.5

E 7.4 – 3.5

F < 3.5

Dispersion Parameters

Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are

used as the project is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric

dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources

for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).

Rural Conditions

Stability Class y z

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1



Ambient Air Quality Standards

Ambient air quality standards promulgated by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for all type of land uses for the relevant air quality parameters are as

follows:

Plan and frame work of computations & selection of locations

The locations have been selected around the applied mining area covering an

area of 10 km radius from the center of mining. The entire area has been put on

grid network and grid spacing has been taken as 500 m.

Plan of Computation

The emission rate, dispersion coefficients and other input data being now

available; it was planned to compute the following:

-The 24 hourly averaged incremental concentration with hourly data.

-The identification of grid point having peak concentration for the incremental

values.

-Preparation of isopleths of for various pollutants.

Predicted Ambient Air Quality

With a wide fluctuation in meteorological parameters it is a complex task to

predict post project ambient air quality. With available ambient air quality data

and incremental concentrations computed through mathematical modeling the

post project ambient air quality have been predicted in below table.

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the river bed mining project for PM10,

SO2 and NO2 are superimposed on the maximum baseline PM10, SO2 and NO2

concentration recorded at the monitoring location during the field monitoring

period. The cumulative concentration (baseline + incremental) after

Concentration (g/m3)

PM10 SO2 NOx

100 80 80



implementation of the project. The maximum GLCs after implementation of the

project are likely to be not in the prescribed NAAQ standards.

The mining will be done in two different blocks of applied lease area in the

operational phase. So incremental value of the two different blocks is given in

below table.

TABLE 4.1: PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY CONCENTRATIONS IN

OPERATION PHASE CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATIONS (BASELINE +

INCREMENTAL) FOR PM10

S.

No. Particular

Core zone

Block no. I

Core zone

Block no. II

1. Monitored Maximum concentrations in

µg/m3 94.14* 91.46*

2. Predicted incremental Maximum

concentrations in µg/m3 0.28 0.10

3. Resultant Maximum concentrations in

µg/m3 91.42 91.56

4. NAAQS (dated 2009) 100 100

*Maximum Concentration value in the core zone at proposed working blocks in

the applied lease area.

It is clear from predicted values that concentrations in respect of PM10 are well

within limits at all locations.



FIGURE 4.1: GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE OF (BLOCK NO. 1 SARASWATI RIVER)

1KM FOR PM10


QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE (BLOCK NO. 1 SARASWATI RIVER)

10KM FOR PM10




QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE OF (BLOCK NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER)

1KM FOR PM10


QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE (BLOCK NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER)

10KM FOR PM10




QUALITY ON TRANSPORTATION ROUTE IN OPERATIONAL PHASE IN

THE STUDY AREA



Mitigation measures

To control the emissions regular preventive maintenance of equipment will be

carried out on contractual basis.

Proper mitigation measures like water sprinkling will be adopted to control

dust emissions.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river

bank.

It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC

certificate.

There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the

soil.

(a) During Drilling & Blasting

No drilling & blasting is involved in this project.

(b) During Transport Operations

All the haul roads are kept levelled, wide and compacted.

Regular water spraying will be done on haul roads in the applied mining

area.

In order to reduce dust pollution, green belt will be developed.

4.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL

The exposures to excessive noise levels can lead to:

Prevention of sleep, insomnia and fatigue.

Decrease in speech reception, communication, distraction and diminished

concentration thus adversely affecting job performance efficiency.

Chronic psychological disturbance including impaired hearing.

Irreparable cardiovascular, respiratory and neuralgic damages in certain

extreme cases.



The area is general represents calm surroundings. There is no heavy traffic,

industry or noisy habitation in the area of applied mine. With the increase in

scale of mining operations and vehicles operation and men and noise levels are

expected to increase.

Mitigation Measures

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

No other equipment’s except the transportation vehicles will be allowed.

Noise generated by these transportation vehicles shall be intermittent and

does not cause much adverse impact.

Proper maintenance of all transportation vehicles will be carried out which

help in reducing noise during operations.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and vicinity of river

bank. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.

4.7 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITIONS

The study area itself being part of River Saraswati and Sagarmati course

carries surface as well as ground water (under current). The flow of

surface/ground water (sub surface flow) is following the trend of topography,

which is in the east to west direction.

The area is part of river bed for more than nine months in a year except for the

rainy season. The Bajri will be mining up to the depth of 3mt will have

insignificant impact on water regime.

The ground water table which will be about 20 to 25m below the surface of river

bed in the mining area during the dry seasons will not be disturbed as ultimate

working depth will be 3.0 m. Thus the mine operation will not affect the

hydrological conditions of the area. There is no possibility of replenishment of

sand (Bajri). With the mining of sand and Bajri there is possibility of re-



establishment of the drainage pattern of the area, thus it will be positive impact

on the ground water scenario in the subsequent mining period.

With the normal rainfall of 453.2 mm in the region. There is no possibility of

replenishment of ordinary sand (Bajri). With the mining of sand and Bajri there

is possibility of re-establishment of the drainage pattern of the area.

4.8 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY

The proposed project is for removal of sand from the river bed up to a depth of 3

meter only, which will not have any impact on the water quality.

River is recharging the ground water; excessive mining will reduce the

thickness of the natural filter materials (sediments), infiltration through which

the ground water is recharged, so restriction in depth becomes necessity.

Mitigation Measures

Removal/collection of sand in the area will be done well above the water table as

well as river bed water level therefore; no impact on water regime is

anticipated. The water table is at 20-25 m below the river bed level while the

workings in the area are proposed up to a max. depth of 3m. So that water level

is not touched. No waste water will be generated from the proposed activity, as

the project only involves removal/collection of sand from river bed.

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA & FAUNA (Core & Buffer Zone)

4.9.1 Impacts

As the mining activities will be confined to core zone only, no adverse

impact is foreseen on the flora and fauna of buffer zone.

The proposed project involves removal/collection of sand from river bed,

construction of approach road, which will not have any impact on the flora and

fauna of core zone. No forest land in the applied lease area. It is entirely a Govt.



waste land. No impact on the flora and fauna is anticipated as

removal/collection of sand will be done in the dry part of the proposed blocks of

applied area. No endangered species found in the applied lease area.

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures

Working will be done in such a way that it will not affect the flora and fauna.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity at river

banks areas will, over a period of time, to upgrade the flora.

The impact on the fauna due to the removal/ collection of sand will be negligible.

Working will be confined to core zone only by manual means and fauna in the

core zone is minimal. Even so, by restricting mining at any time to small

areas, impact on fauna will be kept to the minimum. However, progressive

plantation activity being undertaken will over a period of time create

conditions favorable for fauna.

4.10 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.10.1 Land Use in Buffer Zone

No adverse impact is anticipated on land use of buffer zone due to the

proposed mining operations, as all the related activities are confined to

the core zone.

4.10.2 Impact on land use pattern including change of river course

If the mining is not carried out in a systematic manner by leaving sufficient

safety barriers from bank then it may disturb the river flow/course.

Stacking of unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) on the

bank side of the river will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season, raise

water level upstream, which may lead to bank cutting or flouting.



Deviation from planned mining procedures can lead to river channel shifting

as well as degradation of surrounding land, causing loss of properties and

degradation of landscape.

Mining within a river bed may have some impact on the stream’s physical

characteristics, such as channel geometry, bed elevation in stream roughness of

the bed, flow velocity, discharge capacity, sediment transportation capacity etc.

Alteration or modification of the above attributes may cause noticeable

hazardous impact on ecological equilibrium of riverine regime.

Mitigation Measures

Sand will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient safety

barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river

flow/course will not get disturbed.

Removal/collection of Sand will be started from dip side towards rise at the

center and also laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course will not get

affected. Unwanted material or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by the side

of the excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will otherwise

hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

Removal/ collection is to done leaving safety barrier on both sides and

maximum barrier should be on concave side of river preferably the flow channel

(excavation void created) should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as

side cutting.

4.10.3 Land Degradation Control Measures

The present land use, land use after 5 years working land use of the leasehold

area is given in below table.



TABLE 4.2: LAND USE PATTERN - PRE OPERATIONAL & OPERATIONAL

PHASE IN HECTARE

S.

No. Particulars

PRE

OPERATIONAL

PHASE

OPERATIONAL

PHASE

1 Under mining Area -- 118.0000

2 Dumps -- --

3 Plantation -- 25.0000

4 Road 0.3400 0.3600

5 Railway Track -- --

6 Backfilled Mined Out -- --

7 Remaining virgin Govt.

land 163.1103 20.0903

Total 163.4503 163.4503

4.11 IMPACT ON SOIL

No soil cover exists in the core zone so there will be impact.

No impact on soil of the buffer zone is envisaged due to removal/collection of

sand, as fugitive emission shall remain confined within working area/haul road

and emission will be controlled by water sprinkling and plantation.

4.12 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The villages and their inhabitants in the buffer zone will not be disturbed

from their settlements due to the proposed project

There is no inhabitation within the applied lease area. Therefore neither

villages nor any part of village or any hamlet will be disturbed during the

operational phase. So no adverse impact is anticipated on human settlement.

4.12.1 Employment

The proposed project will provide employment to the 857 persons. The various

indirect employment opportunities have also been generated. Several persons

of the neighboring villages have been benefited with loading/uploading,

contract works, employment through contractors, running of jeeps, trucks,



tractors and buses on hire, different kind of shops and transport related

business avenues.

4.12.2 Economic Status

Due to proposed project direct and in-direct employment, business opportunities

and other earing resources will be generated, which will improve the economic

status of the local people. Other than this welfare amenities such as medical

facilities, conveyance, free education, drinking water supply etc. will be

provided to the workers.

4.12.3 Sensitive Targets

There are no places of Tourist, religious & Historical importance in core zone.

Therefore, no adverse impacts are anticipated.

4.12.4 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety

The possible impact on occupational health & safety in the proposed project may

be Inhalation of dust, Accident due to transportation vehicles, bed mining

practices etc.

4.12.5 Measures to Control Occupational Health Hazard & Safety

The working in the applied lease area will be done with all safety measures

under the supervision of qualified staff. The workers will be provided dust

mask, safety boot, helmet and other safety equipment. A well-equipped first aid

box will be maintained at site.

For mitigating the aspect the following measures will be implemented: -

i. Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

ii. Dust mask will be provided to the workers,

iii. Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as

per Norms,

iv. Medical records will be keep maintained,

v. Medical facilities to the workers,

vi. Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken

off in the dusty atmosphere and suitable employed elsewhere,



vii. Personal Protective Equipment’s will be provided to the workers,

viii. Vocational Training will be provided to the workers.

ix. Safety of the employee during mining will be taken care as per Mine

Regulations 1961,

4.13 DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR WORKER

a. Water for drinking & other purpose will be arranged.

b. All the safety equipment’s such as helmets, safety shoes, goggles, dust masks

etc.

c. A well-equipped first aid facilities,

d. Periodic medical health checkups, rest shelter, washrooms will be provided.

4.14 STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AND ACTION PLAN

The applicant has endeavored the mitigation measures of potential impact

and aspects of operation.

TABLE 4.3: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX

Environmental

Setting &

baseline

Aspect of

Operation Potential impacts Mitigation measures

1. Air

1. Ore handling Fugitive Emissions

& Noise

Effective water

sprinklers

2.Transportation Fugitive Emissions

& Noise

Effective water

sprinklers

The Regional

emissions well

within norms

-- -- --

2. Water

1. Ore excavation

1. Contamination Provision of reducing

turbidity & SS

2. Altered

hydrologic regime

Provision of rain water

harvesting Existing water

quality is

potable

========********=======



CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1. INTRODUCTION

Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of EIA

process. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered

or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A

comparison of alternatives helps to determine the best method of achieving the

project objectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the most

environmentally friendly and cost effective options.

5.2. FACTOR BEHIND THE SELECTION OF PROJECT SITE

The proposed project is mining unit for the removal/collection of sand from

Saraswati & Sagarmati river bed at near village - Govindgarh, Akhepura,

Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District –

Ajmer, Rajasthan, The letter of Intent has been granted by State Govt.

The proposed mining lease area has following advantages:-

_ The applied mining area occurs in a non-forest area.

_ The required material is found in the sound quality/quantity in the applied

area.

_ There is no habitation within the applied lease area; hence no R & R issues

exist.

_ The river bed (proposed mining blocks of applied mining lease area) remains

dry excepts the monsoon season.

_ Availability of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers in this region.

_ All the basic amenities such as medical, firefighting, education,

transportation, Communication and infrastructural facilities are accessible.

_ Applied area has good connectivity through road and rail. The nearest

highway is National Highway – 8, is passing over in the SE direction, coming

from Beawar going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km from the Block no. II of the



applied lease area. The nearest Railway station is at Mangliyawas, which is

about 20 km away from Pisangan.

_ The proposed mining operations will be restricted up to a depth of 3 meter

which will not intersect the ground water level. Hence, no impact on ground

water environment.

5.3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE

No alternatives are suggested as the proposed project is site specific as per the

occurrence of material.

5.4. FACTOR BEHIND SELECTION OF PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY

Open cast manual mining operation method will be used for the removal/

collection of sand from the proposed blocks. The proposed method is suitable for

the area as:-

As the material deposition is superficial and not deeply embedded, therefore

opencast method of working is preferred.

There is lesser chance of subsidence in case of opencast mining.

As there is no soil cover/OB in the area.

The material will be loaded manually in the tractor trolley & will be sold

directly to the buyers.

5.5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY

Open cast manual method has been selected for this project. This technology is

having least gestation period, economically viable, safest and less labor

intensive. The method has inbuilt flexibility for increasing or decreasing the

production as per market condition.

=====********======



CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the

efficiency of the organizational set up responsible for Implementation of the

programme. Post project monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of

any project activity.

Hence monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out a

regular basis to ascertain the following:

To assess environmental impacts.

State of pollution within the applied mine lease and in its vicinity.

Planning for predictive or corrective actions in respect of pollution to keep it

within permissible limits.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.

Monitoring will be carried out at side as per the statutory requirements.

Environmental monitoring will be taken up for various environmental

components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter

issued by MOEF & Consent to operate issued by the State Pollution Control

Board. Compliance of same will be submitted to respective authorities on

regular basis.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standard,

regular monitoring of various environmental component is necessary which will

complied as per condition for this an Environmental Management team be

constituted.



6.2.1 Hierarchical System

Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective

implementation.

We will undertake to monitor the environmental pollution levels by measuring

ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise levels etc. by appointing

external agencies. We will ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable

values and to take corrective action if required.

In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to exceed

the allowable values, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest

remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through the concerned

Departments.

The Environmental Management cell will also coordinate all the related

activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population of

the region, afforestation and green belt development.

The proposed organizational chart for environmental management

FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ORGANIZATIONAL

CHART

Environmental Management Cell

Chief Executive Officer

Env. Officer (M.Sc. Env. Sc.) Geologist /Mines Manager/Assi. M.M

Monitoring of Air /Water / Noise/ Soil etc.



6.2.2 Environmental Policy:

Project proponent is committed to providing a quality service in a manner that

ensures a safe and healthy workplace for employees and minimizes potential

impact on the environment. They will operate in compliance with all relevant

environmental legislation and strive to use pollution prevention and

environmental best practices.

The applicant will:-

Integrate the consideration of environmental concerns and impacts into

all the decision making & activities.

Promote environmental awareness among the employees and

encourage them to work in an environmentally responsible manner.

Trained, educate and inform our employees about environmental issues

that may affect their work.

Where required by legislation or where significant health, safety or

environmental hazards exist, develop and maintain appropriate emergency

and spill response programmes.

Strive to continually improve our environmental performance and

minimize the social impact and damage of activities by periodic review of

environmental policy in light of current and planned future activities.

6.3 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

TEAM (EMT)

The said team is responsible for:

1. Collecting water and air samples, work zone monitoring for air

pollutants.

2. Analyzing the water and air samples.

3. Implementing the control and protective measures.

4. Coordinating the environment related activities within the project as well as

with outside agencies.



5. Collecting statistics on health of workers and population of surroundings

villages.

6. Green belt development etc.

7. Monitoring and evaluating the progress of implementation of environmental

management programme.

8. Unit will comply with all legal regulations on environment to the best extent

Possible. The compliance to various environment regulations shall be displayed

at Mining Site in the form of a Board.

9. It will engage an environmental expert as its team member as per a general

consultant for advisory purpose on environmental issues. It will bring all issues

of non-compliance to the notice of its advisory team and take prompt action to

comply with the same.

10. Regular six monthly reports shall be submitted to the Regional Office,

MoEF; Government of India and Mining Department and local community

Representative shall be asked to verify the compliances.

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS

To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management programme,

regular monitoring of the important environment parameters will be taken up.

The schedule, duration and parameters to be monitored are shown in table:



TABLE 6.1: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS

Particulars Monitoring

Frequencies

Duration

of Station Important Monitoring Parameters

Surface /

Ground

water

Once in a

year Grab

pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,

Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates

Sulphate & Flourides

Ambient air

monitoring

Once in a

Quarter. 24 hr. PM10, SOx and NOx

Noise

Monitoring

Once in a

quarter 8 hr. Level in dB(A) and dB(C)

Soil

Sampling

Once in a

year Grab

PH, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate,

Phosphates, Alkalinity & texture.

6.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards

and recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of

control measures.

TABLE 6.2: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

(Investment and Recurring cost Rs. Lakh)

S. No Particulars Capital

cost

Recurring cost /

annum

1. Pollution control 5.00 1.00

2. Pollution monitoring 5.00 1.00

3. Plantation 5.00 2.00

4. Occupational health 3.00 1.00

TOTAL 18.00 5.00



Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.

18.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.

5.00 lakhs per year.

========********=======



CHAPTER – VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed project is for the mining (removal/ collection of sand), from the

river bed of Saraswati & Sagarmati by opencast manual method of mining. As

per the EIA notification 2006, before the establishment of project public

consultation, Risk assessment & social impact assessment due to project has to

be addressed, which are as follows:

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public hearing was conducted as per EIA Notification on dated 17.09.2014, at

Rajeev Gandhi Sewa Kendra, village – Govindgarh, Tehsil Pisangan, District

Ajmer, Rajasthan. The public hearing was chaired by ADM and Regional Officer

and also attended by local peoples, during the process suggestion, objection were

invited from the local people regarding the project. During the public

consultation, no objection regarding the project has been received. However

people are happy for the coming project as they will get employment and other

facilities. Minutes of public hearing is given in below table.

TABLE 7.1: MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING

Issues raised by the Public

Response/

Commitment of

Project Proponents

Action Plan

Fund

Allotment

(in Rs.

Lacs)

8. Shri Prakash Kumawat,

Ward Punch, village Govindgarh

told that, at present mines are

running, but no money has been

spent over the project by the project

proponents. He affirmed that

Govindgarh Gram Panchayat

people should be allowed to keep

Bajri royalty-free and also stated

that the Gram Panchayat has no

knowledge regarding the lease area.

He proposed that the revenue from

the lease should be brought for

development of the village. He

further stated that the farmers

have received the NOC from the

panchayat for the water of the well,

Environment

management fund is

submitted to the

Govt. which is

proposed for the

development of the

village. For the

development of

Panchayat 2% of

royalty will be spent

under the District

Council. He told

that as per the

mining rules no

mining can be done

in the range of 45m

distance from the

Constructions of washrooms

and other infrastructural

development in nearby villages.

The removal/ collection of Bajri

will be done as per approved

mining plan.

2.0



which flows from the lease area to

the agricultural land through

pipelines. He also asked to clarify

the practices undertaken in the

lease area for the mining operation.

wells. Plantation

will be done in the

public places

according to the

acceptance of the

Panchayat. The

mining lease has not

been granted for the

whole river area,

mining will be done

only in some selected

Khasra.

9. Shri Satyanarayan Yadav,

village Govindgarh asked whether

the mining area is free from grazing

land or not? He also asked whether

the cutting of the plantations in the

area will be done according to the

Contractor or the villagers. What is

the solution for the negative effects

of mining on water of the wells? He

also apprised about the violation of

rules during the transportation of

Bajri and made everyone realize

about the misbehavior of the lessee

with the villagers. He asked about

the distance between the mining

areas to the wells. Finally he

objected the mining and denied for

the lease to be granted for Bajri.

No grazing land is

involved in this

proposed project.

Mining will be done

as per approved

mining plan.

About 5000 sapling per year

will be planted along the lease

boundary & nearby villages.

2.0

10. Shri Jitendra Vyas villager

of Govindgarh asked whether

reserve of the Bajri is kept or not

for the villagers to be used in

future?

Proposed lease is for

5 Years only.

Balance reserves

will still be left at

the end of lease

period

Mining will be carried out as

per approved mining plan.

During the course of the flow of

the river in the rainy season,

Bajri will get deposited.

--

11. Shri Surajkaran, villager of

Budhwara enquired whether the

mining can be done in the

catchment area of river or not? He

stated that NOC for the lease grant

should also be received from the

Gram Panchayat. He mentioned

that the development amount must

also be given to Gram panchayat.

Mining will be

confined in the

allotted lease area

only. NOC is not

required from Gram

Panchayat as per

rules.



Area is allotted by the Govt.

hence, NOC is from Gram

Panchayat is not required. --

12. Shri Om Prakash, Press

reporter, Pisangan told that the

Technical consultant says that

there is no forest area in the lease

area but actually it is not so. He

stated that Mining is carried out

with machineries not manually. He

All measures will be

taken as per

EMP/MP after the

lease is granted.

No forest land is involved in

this project.



Local people will be employed

--



told that this area falls under the

Dark zone since last 8 years, thus

doubted the possibility of upcoming

heavy rainfall sufficient enough for

replacement and recharge of the

sand. The lease area is under M/s.

Arjun Singh, and till date he has

not made any efforts for the

betterment of the village, no

plantation has been done, no

sprinkling of water and no

measures have been adopted for

controlling the pollution. Besides

this many plants were cut in the

last six months by the Lessee.

Apart from this the statutory

barrier of Sagarmati River has been

destroyed by the Lessee. He asked

about the belongings of the 857

labours presented to be employed.

from nearby villages.

13. Shri Jagpal Singh

Shaktavat, Additional Sarpanch of

Govindgarh said that only one

pipeline should be installed for one

well and the farmers must be

acquainted with the land they own.

This work of laying pipelines

from well is under the PHED

and is carried out accordingly

with consultations of Gram

Panchayat/ Local authorities.

--

14. Shri Sharvan Singh Rawat,

Village Akhepura, told that the

Grazing land available where the

animals graze in Akhepura should

not be granted the lease, so that no

problems are created in future.

No grazing land is involved in

this project.

--

Annexure – G, Written Comments is received from Om Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer

6. With the help of Japan

Govt. about 44,000 plants were

planted in lease area during 1995-

96 near the Sagarmati River, near

village Nuriyawas, for the control of

erosion under the Social forestry

plan. The plants are being cut for

the mining purpose.

--

The plants have not been cut

by us as the lease is still to be

allotted in our favour, only LOI

has been given. --

7. Government has declared

Pisangan under the dark zone area

due to the deficiency of rainfall and

low water table in this area. Then

how the mining department is

granting the lease considering the

place under “general to high

rainfall” If the rain would have

been normal then Pisangan

shouldn’t have ever been declared

in the Dark Zone.

--

Mean annual rainfall (1987-

2006) of the district is 453.2

mm whereas normal rainfall

(1901-70) is lower than average

rainfall and placed at 433.8.

About 0.8 to 1 meter of Bajri

will be deposited annually. No

ground water table will be

intersected during mining

operations.

--



8. The former contractor was

Shri Arjun Singh only. While

Pisangan Tehsildar & Mining

Engineer have reported to the

Government about the trees being

cut in the lease area in Khasra no.

864, Nuriyawas village. The rules

are not being followed by the

contractor, so why no action has not

been taken so far?

--

These plants did not cut by us.

--

9. Till date Government has

spent rupees 23, 87, 876.51 for the

surface barrier in the grazing land

of Pisangan area without allocation.

The Contractor has fully abolished

and misused the money in the sand

mining. Why the administration is

not active until now?

--

--

--

10. The Govindgarh dam has

been constructed under the

Govindgarh Dam Project at

Pisangan tehsil, within the

Catchment area of Sagarmati

River. What is reason for not

accepting the order of Supreme

Court to restore the situation as it

was before the mid-night of

15.08.1947?

--

--

--


5. At the site (Khasra No. 864)

in the lease area one pit exists

measuring 79mt x 45m. Its

Latitude and Longitude is N

26°22’04.3” to 74°37’20.6”.

At site, this pit is old

--

6. Mining has been done in

one pit 3 m below the surface by the

Contractor. On site the pit was

found closed.

At site, this pit is old; Mining

will be carried out as per

approved mining plan & depth

of mining will be 3 meter only.

--

7. Backfilling has not been

done in the pits after the excavation

by the contractor. Villagers told

that there can be loss of life and

animals due to filling of water,

which is right as per the inspection.

Backfilling is not proposed in

this proposed project. Because

the main purpose of the

proposed project is removal/

collection of sand. Natural

replenishment will take place

during the monsoon season.

--

8. Many plants have been cut

near the pit area and some plants

are in the damaged conditions

about to fall.

These plants are not cut by us.

About 5000 sapling per year

will be planted along the lease


Total 4.0



7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal

activities abruptly, similarly River Bed Mining also has impending dangers or

risk which need be addressed for which a disaster management plan has been

formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disasters and

also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the

minimum.

Nevertheless, the following natural problems may be encountered during the

mining operation.

1. Increase in gradient of the river – One of the most frequently occurring

hazards of the river bed mining is the increase of river gradient due to

haphazard mining practices. Due to selective mining in vast patches of the bed,

the amount of suspended load, turbidity and velocity of the water may increase

which may affect the overall behavior of the stream.

2. Water pollution – The left over aggregates are fine grained particles

that are lifted easily by increase of stream water velocity. Retention times of

these particles are long and quality of water is affected consequently.

As per proposal made under the mining plan, during proposed working the area

will be developed by means of manuals opencast mining method. Exploitation

and transportation of minerals are to be carried out by manual means. Water

table will not be touched during processed working. No high risk accidents like

landslides, subsidence flood etc. have been apprehended.

But possibility of accidental disaster is also not ruled out. Therefore, all the

statutory precautions should be taken for quick evacuation as per the Mines Act

1952, the Mines Rules 1955, MMR-1961 and MCDR-1988.



The possible risks in the case of river bed mining project are bank erosion,

floods, accidents due to transportation etc.

Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to

both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to

work under condition, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time

the environmental condition should be such as not to impair his working

efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in mines. Hence,

safety is one of the most essential aspects of any working mine. safety of the

mine and the employees will be taken care according to the mining rules &

regulations, which are well defined with laid down procedure for safety, which

when scrupulously followed safety is ensured not only to manpower but also to

working environment.

7.3.1 Possible Risks Due to Inundation & its Control

Mining will be done during the non-monsoon periods; therefore problem of

inundation is not likely to happen.

7.3.2 Dewatering

Depth of mine is limited to 3m depth only from the river bed level whereas the

ground water flows at 20m to 25 below the bed level. Hence no dewatering is

required.

7.3.3 Possible Risks Due To Failure of Pit Slope & Its Control

Pit will be created of limited depth only i.e. 3m thus the chance of failure of pit

slope does not exist.

7.3.4 Possible Risks Due To Failure of Waste Dump & Its Control

No waste dump is created therefore the question of failure of waste dump does

not exist.



7.3.5 Possible Risks Due To Fire & Its Control

The operation does not anticipate any fire disaster.

7.3.6 Measures to Prevent Accidents Due to Tractors

All transportation within applied mining lease working should be

carried out directly under the supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked

thoroughly at least once a month by the competent person authorized for the

purpose by the management.

Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the

main road (wherever required).

To avoid danger while reversing the equipment’s/ vehicles especially at

the working place / loading points, stopper should be posted to properly guide

reversing/ spotting operating, otherwise no person should be there within 10

m radius of machine.

A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will

go a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.

7.3.7 Other Possible Measures to Avoid Risks/ Disaster Due to River Bed

Mining.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) should not be

stacked on the banks as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

Mining of minerals / working shall be started from the center from dip

to rise and then laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course could not

get affected.

The minerals will be mined out in a uniform way so that the river flow/

course shall not get disturbed.

River banks will not be excavated to from access ramps.



Maintenance and monitoring:

The area will be monitored every week by competent person and if maintenance

is needed will be done as per requirement.

7.4 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, R & R ACTION PLAN

There will be the positive impact on the villagers of the nearby villages in the

form of employment. There is no human settlement in the applied lease area.

Thus there is no impact on the human settlement and thus no R & R plan is

required.

====*******====



CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Applicant is very much conscious of their obligation to society at large. The

management will help in overall socio economic development of the area.

This is proposal for the production of ordinary sand (Bajri) proposed production

11, 20,000 TPA of from applied mine (Area 163.4503 Ha) near Village:

Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil

Pisangan of District Ajmer, (Rajasthan), by Shri Arjun Singh.

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The applied area is Govt. land. The mining activity will generate of

socioeconomic benefits to the people of the area. There will be generation of

employment to the local people as well as their earning will increase. Additional

facilities like that educational, medical transportation etc. will be made

available to the local population. Overall positive impact will be on population.

Due to mining activity, increased revenue earnings in the area will lead to the

development of infrastructural facilities like that transport road, schools,

Hospitals etc. The lessee will contribute to the various developmental activities

in all the nearby villages and will work for all round development viz., providing

water supply, communication and telecommunication facilities, creating

environmental awareness, imparting knowledge on agriculture, mechanization,

health and sanitation and most importantly ensuring a sustainable

development for the social upliftment of the habitats of the area. The promoters

will also provide funds for the various development activities of the neighboring

villages as and when required.



Promotion of social & economic status

Applicant has contributed to the economical and social development of the

area. It will provide direct employment to about 857 people and indirect

employment to many more.

The applicant believes in the philosophy to provide better health and medical

facilities not only to their families but also to villagers.

Construction of office, rest shelter, first aid station, Development of approach

road, Wire fence around proposed plantation site and other facilities.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Due to proposed project direct/ indirect employment, revenue to the govt.,

business opportunities will be developed in the area, which will increase living

standard of the people. It will ultimately leads to the improvement in the

physical infrastructure facilities such as transport, road, housing, schools as

well as hospitals. Due to improved earning there will be improvement in the

entertainment facilities and marketing facilities with the improvement in social

status.

8.4 HEALTH & SAFETY

All safety measures i.e. safety appliances, safety awards, posters, slogan related

to safety etc. necessary safety equipment’s shall be provided to the workers like

helmets, safety boots, dust mask, ear muffs etc.

All necessary medical facilities will be provided near the applied mine area.

Periodical health checkup of the employees will be done. All necessary facilities

will be provided as per mines Rules. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers

with amenities like drinking water etc. Periodical training programme to inform

the employees about their task, associated risk and safe working practices will

be undertaken.



8.5 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

With mining activities, local people will have a lot of direct and indirect

employment avenues opened up. There will be direct employment opportunities

in the mine and the secondary employment will also develop in the neighboring

villages by providing services to the employed manpower. Thus, the local people

will enjoy the economic upliftment.

8.5.1 Management & Supervisory Personal

For safe and systematic mining sufficient technical and supervisory staffs are

required at mine site, at present no non-technical & technical staffs are

employed in the applied area. The proposal for employment of managerial and

supervisory staff has been furnished in the plan as given below.

TABLE 8.1: EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

S. No. Particulars Number

1 Mines Manager 01

2 Mines Foreman 02

3 Mining Mate 04

4 Driver 25

5 Vehicle helper 25

6 Loading workmen 800

Total 857

Mining operation shall not be commenced conducted unless complete staff are

appointed as required under the Regulation 34(1)(a) of the MMR, 1961 and

relevant notice are sent to DGMS, Dhanbad with a copy of the same to the

Director of Mines Safety, Udaipur.



8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The project proponent will arrange for the regular medical checkup camps for

the workers which will be also be extended for the villagers. Arrangements for

the supply of drinking water in the period of scarcity to the nearby villages will

also be done by the project proponent.

The project activity and the management will definitely support the local

panchayat and provide other form of assistance for the development of public

amenities in this region. The applicant will contribute to the local schools,

dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers.

Green belt development / Plantation will be taken up in the vicinity of river

banks, along the approach roads, around Govt. building, schools.

====*******====



CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental impact assessment presented in previous chapter is based

on the control measures. It is concluded that the mining activities having

substantial, but reversible impact on environment and the suggestive measures

should be taken so as to minimize the impacts.

Environmental management plan details the environmental quality control

measures which are proposed for this project to achieve the production of

11,20,000 TPA of ordinary sand (Bajri) by complying with the stipulated

standard limit specified by state pollution control board and CPCB.

Environment Management Plan, which is to be implemented in the project has

detailed under the following heads:

River course environment

Air Environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment

Solid waste Management

Biological Environment including Plantation Development

Implementation of EMP and monitoring Programme

9.2 RIVER COURSE ENVIRONMENT

Land degradation is one of the major adverse impact of opencast mining

activities related to mining and any effort to control adverse impacts would

be incomplete without appropriate land reclamation strategy.



Deviation from planned mining procedure can lead to bank erosion/cutting and

thereby river channel shifting degradation of land, causing loss of properties

and degradation surrounding of landscape. Thus for environment friendly river

bed mining the following control/abatement measures will be followed:

Removal of sand will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient

safety barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river

flow / course will not get disturbed.

Removal of sand will be started from dip side towards rise at the center and

also laterally in 3 meter thickness, so that the river course will not get affected.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by

the side of the excavation area. If need be done then it should be dozed

afterwards in excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will

otherwise hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

Removal of sand is to done leaving safety barrier on both sides and maximum

barrier should be on concave side of river preferably the flow channel

(excavation void created) should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as

side cutting.

In the first five years, mining excavation will be excavated and next year dig

will be replenishment with heavy monsoon season.

9.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

In order to minimize impacts of mining on air and to maintain it within the

prescribed limits of CPCB/SPCB, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has

been prepared. This will help in resolving all environmental and ecological

issues likely to cause due to applied mining in the area.

During the course of mining no toxic substances are released into the

atmosphere as such there seems to be no potential threat to health of human

beings.



In river bed mining activities, the only source of gaseous emission is from the

engines of vehicles. The reasons may be quality of fuel, improper operation of

the engine, etc. proper maintenance of engines will improve combustion process

and brings reduction in pollution. The fugitive dust generation during mining

and transportation requires some mitigation.

Measures to Prevent Generation & Dispersal of Dust

Dust particles that are normally generated during various mining

operations when become airborne lead to increase in PM10 level in the

ambient air. Another source of dust generation is the transport of material by

vehicle. Dust suppression by water spraying is adopted on the roads.

Maintenance of transported vehicles and maintenance of kutchha road will be

done on regular basis. Regular water spraying on haulage roads during

transportation of sand.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river

bank.

To control the emissions regular preventive maintenances of equipment’s will

be done to adopt corrective actions wherever needed.

It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC

certificate.

Dust mask will be provided to the employs.

9.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise level monitoring carried out in the area has indicated that the

present noise levels in applied mine site are generally within limits. The

deployments of vehicles for transport and other auxiliary operations have

increased the noise level but are naturally attenuated within applied lease area

itself.



9.4.1 Noise Abatement and Control

Proper maintenance of all machines will be carried out, which help in reducing

generation of noise during operations.

No other equipment’s accept the transportation vehicles as tractor trolley is

allowed.

Noise generated by these equipment’s is intermittent and does not cause much

adverse impact.

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done to adopt corrective actions

wherever needed.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and on river bank. The

plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.

General precaution for blasting will be taken up as following:-

No drilling and blasting involved in this project.

9.5 WATER MANAGEMENT

Removal/collection of sand in the area will be done well above the water table;

therefore impact on water regime is not anticipated. The ground water level of

lease area is 20m to 25m from the surface level. The removal/collection of sand

from river bed does not have any impact on natural drainage of surrounding

area as no mining will be carried out, outside the lease area.

Removal/collection of sand will be done up to a depth of 3m in the river bed,

which will be replenished during monsoon season, more or less restoring to

original position thus not affecting normal drainage in the river channel also.

9.5.1 Waste Water Management

No waste water is generated due to proposed working as project only involves

removal/ collection of sand from river bed in dry state.



9.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

No solid waste is generated from the said mining operations.

There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the

soil.

9.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

The mining activity will have insignificant effect on the existing flora and fauna

in the core/buffer zone. Flora & fauna found in the buffer zone will not get

affected because mining activities will be confined to core zone only by manual

means.

The purpose of the project itself is to save the flora around the project area from

river widening, excessive erosion and floods. It was found that the removal/

collection of sand will not have any significant impact on the flora and fauna of

the region. The aquatic flora & fauna is also not likely to be affected as proposed

mining blocks remains dry except the rainy season.

There is a requirement to establish a stable ecosystem with both ecological and

economic returns. Minimization of soil erosion and dust pollution enhances the

beauty of the core and the buffer zone. To achieve this it is planned to increase

plantation activities. The basic objectives of

Plantations are as follows:-

• Improvement of Soil quality

• Quick vegetative cover to check soil erosion

• Improvement in river bank stability

• Conservation of biological diversity

• Provide forage and browse for wild life



9.8 PLANTATION DEVELOPMENT

About 33% of total land area will be developed as part of green belt; plantation

will be done along the peripheral area in the proposed project site. This will help

to reduce the noise pollution; dust spread and also enhances the aesthetic value

around the project site.

Total 25.0 hectare will be covered under plantation. Plantation will be done at

the rate of 1000 saplings per hectare; it will arrest environmental pollution,

erosion and upgrade the scenic beauty of the area. Planting and sowing

operations are followed up with adequate Post plantation care, which includes

replacement of casualties.

TABLE 9.1: STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRAMME

Year

Along the Applied

lease area Total

Area (Hect.) Trees Area (Hect.) Trees

I 5.0 5000 5.0 5000

II 5.0 5000 5.0 5000

III 5.0 5000 5.0 5000

IV 5.0 5000 5.0 5000

V 5.0 5000 5.0 5000

Total 25.0 25000 25.0 25000

The expected rate survival is assumed at 80%. To improve the survival rate in

the adverse climate condition necessary consultation would be taken from the

Forest department. Proposed plantation area shall be fenced properly for

improving the survival rate. Plantation will be carried out in the lease area in

phased manner.



Criteria for selection of species for greenbelt

Keeping in view the climatic condition status of soil (Agro climatic zone) and

vegetation types the following plant species are suitable for plantation for the

proposed project site. The plant species suitable for greenbelt development need

to be selected based on the following criteria:

Fast growing

Thick canopy cover

Perennial and evergreen

Large leaf area index

High sink potential

TABLE 3.25: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

S.

N. Scientific Name Common Name Family

1. Acacia catechu Khair Mimoseae

2. Albizia chinensis Siris Mimoseae

3. Albizia moluccana Subabul Mimoseae


5. Citrus aurantium Nebu Rutaceae

6. Ficus benghalensis Bargad Moraceae

7. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae

8. Lawsonia inermis Mehandi Lythraceae

9. Madhuca longifolia Mahwa Sapotaceae

10. Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae

11. Terminalia arjuna Arjuna Combretaceae

12. Thevetia peruviana pila kanher Apocynaceae

13. Zizyphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae

9.8.1 Guidelines for Plantation Development

In order to facilitate the proper growth of vegetation, limited measures

involving preparation of seedbed with suitable amount of fertilizers and

treatment with mulches will be taken.



Vegetation cover generally helps in:

Stabilizing erodible slopes to minimize pollution.

Control of dust.

Enhancement of aesthetic value.

Maximizing evpo-transpiration, which helps minimizing run off.

Reducing noise.

For re-vegetation, the plants and saplings suitable for the existing soils and site

condition may consider. It is recommended to plant fast growing local plant

species, which can adapt to the local climate.

This has to be done in consultation with local Government Horticulturist.

Protection of Plantation Sites

Afforested areas have to be protected from cattle menace, human

interference, soil erosion, plant diseases, etc. Check bunds, masonry chutes,

protected drains, etc. will be constructed wherever required to control and

regulate the water flow to prevent soil erosion and washing away of

nutrients. Plants will be protected from diseases by the application of

proper pesticides. Soil workings, manuring etc. will be done whenever

necessary. Plants will be protected from cattle menace and human

interference by providing fencing and proper watch and ward.

9.9 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

9.9.1 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment

The environmental management plan has been developed with a view to

bring down the levels of impacts as discussed in the last chapter within

limits. In each of the areas of impact, measures have to be taken to reduce

potentially significant adverse impacts and where these are beneficial in

nature, such impacts are to be enhanced/augmented so that the overall

adverse impacts are reduced to as low level as possible.



There will be over all positive effect on social life on the local people, as they will

get job opportunity, transport and medical facilities so the mining activities will

benefit them directly or indirectly.

1. Ordinary sand production and employment opportunities.

2. Reduction in the migration of jobless laborers from native place to other

distant places.

3. Interaction of local people with outsides, and improvement in

communication, which will enhance their present status of knowledge and

confidence.

TABLE 9.2: CSR ACTIVITIES

Particulars Activity

Rs. (in Lacs)

Capital

Cost

Recurring

Cost

Education - Distribution of school bags &

stationery items to school children.

- Distribution of books in school.

- Renovation of school building.

- Distribution of sports goods among

school children.

- Books/ Chemicals/ Sports kits to

school library/ laboratory/ sports

department

3.0 0.6

Health - General health camp for nearby

villagers.

- Eye checkup camp.

- Distribution of medicines free of cost.

3.0 1.0

Infrastructure

development

- Renovation of nearby community

hall, school buildings, Anganbari center.


. Construction of washroom in nearby

villages.

3.0 2.0

Drinking

water & other

facilities

- Support for supply of drinking water.

Awareness programmes for villagers. 1.0 0.4

Total 10.0 4.0



The mining activity in this area will have positive impact on social economic

condition of the area by way of providing employment to the local in-habitats.

Wages paid to them will increase the per capital income, housing, education,

medical and transportation facilities, economic status health and agriculture. In

order to further improve the socio economic conditions of the area, the

management will contribute for development in consultation with local bodies.

Thus project will have positive impact on the surrounding local community.

Employment

The mining operations will employ about total 857 persons. Preference will be

given to the local population while inducting any manpower. The future

mining activity would provide indirect employment to a large number of

local population in activities like planting and watering of trees for green

belt development.

Business Promotion

While offloading the jobs to outside parties’ preference will be given to the local

people.

9.10 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH

Safety of workers during mining operation and maintenance of mining

equipment will be taken care as per MMR 1961 & MCDR 1988. To avoid

any adverse effect on the health of workers due to dust, noise sufficient

measures will be provided in the mining project.

TABLE 9.3: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS & MEASURES

Anticipated Occupational

Health & Safety Impacts Proposed mitigation measures

Lung diseases and

Respiratory disorder due to

dust exposure

- Dust mask will be provided to

workers.

- Precaution will be adopted to prevent

dust generation at site and dispersing in the

environment.

- Regular health monitoring of workers.

- Training & awareness camps will be

conducted for workers on health problems.



- Air emission control system such as

water sprinkling, green belt development.

- Free silica analysis of mineral will be

done.

- Budget of pollution control Rs. 1.0

lacs. i.e. dust suppression by water

sprinkling is proposed in EMP.

Noise - Ear muffs will be provided.

- Good Maintenance of vehicles.

Accident at site - PPE will be provided to workers likely

hand gloves, safety shoes etc.

Others - Awareness program/ training

programme will be organized for workers for

occupational safety.

- Smoking & tobacco will be banned at

site.

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like

drinking water, toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression on haul road.

First-aid facilities near the mining area.

Following measures will be taken for the health and safety purpose:

Pre-placement & periodically medical examination will be conducted as per the

Rule 29(b) of the Mines Rules, 1955.

Pre-placement health checkup will be made mandatory and periodic health

checkup will be done.

Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and will be

updated as required.

Medical examination of workers including chest x-ray of employee will be

undertaken.

They will be given vocational training at the regular interval.

They will be provided with personal protective equipment’s (PPE) like helmets,

safety shoes, dust mask etc.



Initial and periodical medical checkup will be conducted for the employers

working in the mine as per the Mines Rule 1955.

Occupational health surveillance program will be done periodically to check

any contraction due to the exposure of dust.

All the workers will get the benefit of Group Insurance Scheme.

Common vocational training center will be set up at district level from time to

time to train the workers.

Their living standard will be improved by providing them the facilities of

schools, hospitals, garden, sanitation, drinking water etc.

9.11 PUBLIC HEALTH & SAFETY

The most common diseases in this region are common cold and cough, malaria,

enteric fever like typhoid.

In this proposed project, impact on the health of public has been assessed and

the remedial measures have been proposed by the applicant. At the primary

basis provision of first aid has been adopted.

Adverse health impact will be due to air pollution, noise pollution etc.

All control measures for air emissions, noise control will be taken to strictly

comply with norms. Periodical free health camps will be taken up in the

villages.

Measures: -

- Tractor trolley will be covered by tarpaulin covers to control the air pollution.

- Catalyze combustion fitted with tractor trolley and silencers to air pollution.

- All transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC Certificates to noise pollution.

- Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 10 km/hr in the village area to noise

pollution.



9.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective

implementation.

The applicant will undertake to monitor the environmental pollution levels

by measuring ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise levels

etc., by appointing external agencies. The promoters will ensure that the

pollution is limited to allowable values and to take corrective action if

required.

In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to

exceed the allowable values, the Environmental Management Cell will

suggest remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through

the concerned departments.

The Environmental Management Cell will also co-ordinate all the related

activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population

of the region, afforestation and green belt development.

FIGURE 9.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ORGANIZATIONAL

CHART

Environmental Management Cell

Chief Executive Officer

Env. Officer (M.Sc. Env. Sc.) Geologist /Mines Manager/Assi. M.M

Monitoring of Air /Water / Noise/ Soil etc.



9.12.1 Aesthetic Environment

Various plant species are proposed to be plant in the applied area which will

improve the aesthetic environment over this area.

====*******====



CHAPTER – X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Applicant has proposed the mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) from the applied

area of 163.4503 Ha. with production capacity 11, 20,000 TPA at near Village:

Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas Tehsil

Pisangan, District Ajmer, (Rajasthan).

As per the New Notification 14th September 2006, this project falls in Category

‘A’ and therefore this project requires Environmental Clearance from MOEF,

New Delhi.

‘Terms of References’ (ToR) presentation for the project have been done at

MOEF, New Delhi, before Expert Appraisal Committee and the committee has

suggested Terms of References (ToR) vide EAC, New Delhi, vide Letter No. J-

11015/326/2013-IA-II (M), dated 22.11.2013 for the preparation of EIA/EMP

Report.

10.2 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

MEASURES

10.2.1 Funds for Green Belt Protection

The management of proposed project is very conscious to minimize the existing

pollution load in the applied lease area. A green belt will be developed as

discussed in the earlier chapters. About 5000 saplings/year will be planted for

environmental protection measures. A recurring amount of Rs. 1.0 lacs will be

spent every year.



10.2.2 Funds for Dust Suppression

Water will be spread around the mining area through tankers to control the

dust suppression. A recurring amount of Rs. 1.0 lacs will be spent every year for

pollution control.

10.3 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT

TABLE 10.1: PROJECT DETAILS

Particulars Details

Name of River Saraswati & Sagarmati River

Project Name River bed mining project of ordinary

sand (Bajri)

Near Village Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura,

Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas

Tehsil Pisangan

District Ajmer

State Rajasthan

Latitude Longitude

Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha.

26027’23.63” to 26027’36.75”N 74023’42.90” to

74025’14.18’’ E

Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha

26022’16.96” to 26021’57.32”N 74026’01.10”E to

74028’03.70’’ E

Area of the Mine 163.4503 hectare

Manpower (proposed) 857 persons

Water Requirement 20.0 KLD

Green Belt Development

(proposed) 25.0 ha

Capital Cost for EMP 18.00 lac

Annual Recurring Cost from

EMP 5.00 lac

Capital Cost of the Project 66.0 lac



10.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

10.4.1 Monitoring Programme

The implementation of these mitigation measures, it is important to monitor

various environmental parameters so as to ensure proper working of all the

environmental control measures. This section presents the monitoring schedule

and infrastructural requirement for environmental protection in given below:

TABLE 10.2: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS

Particulars Monitoring

Frequencies

Duration

of Station

Important Monitoring

Parameters

Surface/

Ground water

Once in a

Year Grab

pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,

Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates

Sulphate & Flourides

Ambient air

monitoring

Once in a

Quarter. 24 hr. PM10, SOx and NOx

Noise

Pollution

Once in a

Quarter. - Level in dB(A) and dB(C)

Soil

sampling

Once in a

Quarter. -

PH, Conductivity, Sulphate,

Nitrate, Phosphates, Alkalinity

& texture.

10.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards and

recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of

control measures.



TABLE 10.3: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

(Investment and recurring cost Rs. in Lakh)

S. No Particulars Capital

cost

Recurring cost /

annum

1. Pollution control 5.00 1.00

2. Pollution monitoring 5.00 1.00

3. Plantation 5.00 2.00

4. Occupational health 3.00 1.00

TOTAL 18.00 5.00

Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.

18.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.

5.00 lakhs per year.

10.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

The project proponent has planned to develop 25.0 ha on barren land up to

planning of five years. This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and

will also be effective in attenuating noise levels.

10.7 RECOMMENDATION

M/s Udaipur Min –Tech Pvt. Ltd. survey reveals that the management is

providing continual improvement of Environment. The air environment and

other emissions will be regularly sprinkled with water. The management will be

provided ear muffs and helmets to the workers in the mine and stress on its

utilization.

The regular medical check-up of workers will be carried out. Green belt

development is to be stressed and workers must be motivated for plantation

care.



The general environmental awareness will be given to the local workers.

Regular maintenance of vehicle will be carried out. Slogans of Environment,

health & safety will be recommended for display.

The verbal interactions with neighboring villagers reveals that due to river

bed mining no impact on water level. Hence significantly no impact is there due

to mining activity. However, the mine is fresh area and no significant problems

are reported by the villagers. The management must keenly celebrate the

importance of World Environment Day to create awareness amongst the

workers. Conservation of soil and water must be emphasized not only at

works but also at their own place. With implementation of Environment

management plan and providing continual improvement the mine may be

accorded environmental clearance.

=======********========



CHAPTER – XI

CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

(RQP/UDP/354/2009/B)

The consultant engaged for the preparation of the EIA/EMP of the project is

M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. The information about the company with

address is as follows:

INTRODUCTION:

Realizing the need for multi-disciplinary and pragmatic approach to mine

development and mine environment management, a few dedicated Mining

engineers & Geo-scientists with decades of practical experience started

M/S Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. company as a consultancy organization in

1994 registered as company with the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan and

got recognized (RQP/UDP/354/2009/B) from Indian Bureau of Mines, Ministry of

Mines, Govt. of India and ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004, & 18001:2007 Certified

Company and accreditation by NABET “A’’ category for open cast mines. Today

it has grown not only to handle anything in mining of non-fuel minerals

but ready to face any challenging environmental assignment in the field of

mining industry and modification of varied industries and environmental

clearance of diverse industries.

M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. provides services in the field of

Environmental impact assessment and management for Mining area.

OUR SERVICES:

We provide wide range of services. These includes:-

At Mining Services:-

--- Evolution of Mineral property and feasibility studies.



---- Preparation of Mining Plan, Scheme of Mining with Mine Closure Plan

(Progressive & Final) as per MCR1960, MCDR 1988 & GCDR 1999.

---- Up gradation & Processing of Non-Metallic Minerals.

At Environmental Services:

---- EIA / EMP report.

----- Monitoring of Ambient Air quality, Stack emissions, Work zone Air

quality, Source monitoring and Control.

----- Monitoring of water, Waste water, and Pollution source identification

and control process.

----- Monitoring of Soil Quality, Noise level, Solid waste or

Sludge quality.

----- Environmental audit, Industrial risk assessment and

risk management and hazardous waste management.

ACHIEVEMENTS:-

Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.(UMT) in a short period after its

inception has prepared more than 750 Mining Plan and Scheme of mining

with Progressive Mine Closure/Final Mine Closure Plan of various minerals

in Rajasthan, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Assam & M.P. and more than 750

of them have already approved from IBM-Udaipur/Dehradun/Ajmer/Nagpur,

Deptt. of Mines & Geology-Rajasthan, Deptt. of Geology & Mining –

Gandhinagar (Gujarat).

UMT has conducted Mine Surveys, Mine Planning, EIA/EMP for

Limestone area for Cement & Soda Ash industry, Laterite, Iron ore, Marble,

Granite, Soapstone, Mica, Quartz & Feldspar, Asbestos, Wollastonite, Calcite,

China Clay, Red Ochre etc. in states of Rajasthan, Gujarat, Himachal

Pradesh, Assam, Goa & M.P.

UMT has prepared during year 2000-01 to 2010-11, more than 150

EIA/EMP report of mineral Soapstone, China Clay, Red ochre, Laterite,



Silica Sand, Quartz& Feldspar, Dolomite, Limestone(Cement as well as Soda

Ash) & Granite for Ministry of Environmental & Forestry and 100 of them

have already secured approval & Environmental clearance. The 25 EMP in

cluster approved from Dist. Level Environment Committee in Rajasthan as per

RMMCR -2012.

THE CORE TEAM:

The key persons of team are:

1) Mr. S. S. BIST– M.Sc. (Geology), M.Tech. (Applied Geology) & PG Diploma in

Environment & Ecology, RQP (IBM), MMGI, FGSI etc. having 19 years

professional experience of survey and geological mapping, prospecting & mine

planning for various non-metallic/metallic minerals, preparation of pre-

feasibility& feasibility report, preparation of Mining plan/Scheme of Mining

with PMCP/FMCP, Preparation of EIA/EMP report and mining of Granite,

Marbles etc.

2) Mr. B. L. MOD- Diploma in Mining and AMIE(Mining) with First Class

Mine Manager Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), Certified Mine

Surveyor’s Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), RQP(IBM), MMGI, C.

Engg. MIE, MMEA, having 43 years working experience in field of mining

viz. underground as well as opencast mine of various metallic and non-

metallic mineral in India as well as abroad. Preparation of Mining

plan/Scheme of Mining with PMCP/FMCP, preparation of EIA/EMP report.

3) Dr. H.S. YADAV – M.Sc.(Geology),Ph.D., IBM(RQP)& having more than 21

years of professional experience in Mining of various industrial as well as

building stones.

4) Mr. S. K. MOHTA – Diploma in Mining with First Class Mine Manager

Certificate having 43 years working experience in field of mining viz

underground as well as opencast mine of various metallic and non-metallic

mineral in India as well as abroad.



5) Mr. S. N. SHARMA-B.E in Mining with First Class Mine Manager Certificate,

PG Diploma in Marketing Management, RQP(IBM) Nagpur, Maharashtra

having 31 years working experience in field of mining viz. underground as well

as open cast mine of various metallic and non-metallic mineral in India.

Preparation of Mining Plan/ Scheme of Mining with PMCP/FMCP, Preparation

of EIA/EMP report of Mining project.

6)Mr. U. C. SHARMA- M.E in Environmental Engineering, B.E in Civil

Engineering, MBA in H.R, having 20 years’ experience in field of Civil

Environment Engineer. Preparation of EIA/EMP report of Mining Project.

7) Mr. N. S. NARUKA- M. Phil. (Environment Management), M.Sc.

(Environment Science), Lead Auditor for (ISO14001:2004) EMS, and Diploma in

Industrial Safety, having over 9 years of work experience in the Environmental

Impact Assessment & Analysis with report writing. Evaluation and preparation

of EIA’s of Mining project for environmental clearance.

8) Dr. DIPANWITA BHAKAT –Ph.D. (Environmental Science), M. Tech. & M.Sc.

(Environmental Science), was having over 2 years of teaching experience in

Environmental Science.

Besides, our team of Professionals is given below:

1 Ashok Kumar Pardesi Diploma in Mining & Certified Surveyor.

2 Rashmi Shrimali M. Sc.(Chemistry)

3 Nirupama Jain M.Sc. (Geology)

4 Jitendra Singh

Sankhala

B.E.(Mining)

5 Rajveer Singh M.Sc.(Remote Sensing & GIS)

6 Kamlesh Kumar M.Sc. (Environment Science)

7 Kailash Meena M.A (Geography), Diploma in RS&GIS.

8 Rahul Deshmukh MSW & BSW(Social Works)



9 Sameer Deshpande M.Sc.(Botany)

10 Ashima Jain B.Tech (Mining Engineering)

11 Mohammed Afzal M.sc (Env. Science & Biotechnology)

12 Manisha Tanwar M.Sc. Env. Sc., Diploma in Envi. Mgt in

industries & mining.

13 Naveen Kumar Meena M.A. (Political Science)

14 Neeraj Patel M.A. (Geography)

15 Mohd Sadik M.Sc. (Geology)

16 Lakshmi Lal Meghwal Diploma in Draftsman & Certified

Surveyor.

17 Harish Kumar Pardesi Drafts man & AutoCAD Master.

18 Praveen Koted Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

19 Madan Lal Dangi Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

20 Anil Damor Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

21 Lokesh Menaria Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

22 Nirmal Menaria Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master

CONTACT PERSON - S. S. BIST

206 “APEKSHA COMPLEX”

HIRAN MAGRI, SECTOR-11

UDAIPUR - 313002(RAJ.)- INDIA

PHONE - +91-294-2489672(OFF), MOBILE - +9194141 67672

e mail : [email protected]

Visit us at: www.udrmintech.com


http://www.udrmintech.com/



QUESTIONNAIRE



PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS

(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : River Bed Mining Project of Sand

(Bajri)

(i) Name of the proponent : Arjun Singh,

Mailing Address : Village Chandupura,

Nasibpur Kanna,

Tehsil – Nagina,

District – Bijnaur, (U.P.)

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone : +91 97999 55444

(b) Objective of the project : Quarrying of Sand (Bajri)

(c) Location of mine (s)

Near Villages Tehsil District State

Govindgarh, Akhepura,

Jaswantpura, Pisangan,

Budhwada, Nuriawas

Pisangan Ajmer Rajasthan

Note 1: All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be

properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma.

Note2: Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3: No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should

be clearly mentioned.

Note 4: Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5

km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above

25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5: Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6: Please indicate source of data.




(d) Does the proposal relate to

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No

Increase in ML area Yes No

Increase in annual

production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

(iv) Modernization Yes No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude

Survey of India Toposheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total applied mining lease area (in ha.)

(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

Flat Yes No

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

√

√

√

26º 27΄36.75΄΄ - 26º 21΄57.32΄΄ N

√

√

√

√

√

√

74º 28΄03.70΄΄ - 74º 23΄42.90΄΄ E

45J/6, 7 & 11

411 mRL - 390 mRL

163.4503 Hect



2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural

(b) Forest

(c) Waste land (River Bed)

(d) Grazing

(e) Surface water bodies

(f) Others (Specify)

Total

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V,

details of earth quakes in last 10 years. – Seismic Zone II

(a) Severity (Richter scale) – Not applicable

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to – Not applicable

NIL

NIL

163.4503

NIL

NIL

NIL

163.4503



232

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved Mining plan:

Purpose Mining Lease Area Total

Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others

1. Area to be

excavated -- 118.00 -- -- 118.00 -- 118.00 -- -- -- -- -- --

2. Storage for top

soil -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

3. Overburden /

Dumps -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

4. Mineral storage -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

5. Infrastructure

(Workshop,

Administrative

Building)

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

6. Roads -- 0.36 -- -- 0.36 -- 0.36 -- -- -- -- -- --

7. Railways -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

8. Green Belt -- 25.00 -- -- 25.00 -- 25.00 -- -- -- -- -- --

9. Tailings pond -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

10.Effluent

treatment plant -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

11.Coal handling

plant /

mineral

separation plant

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

12. other (Specify)

(Remaining Area) -- 20.0903 -- -- 20.0903 -- 20.0903 -- -- -- -- -- --

TOTAL

-- 163.4503 -- -- 163.4503 -- 163.4503 -- -- -- -- -- --



233

5. Township (outside mining lease) – Not applicable

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units

(c) Distance from mine site

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance

from

River Bank * Other Water bodies *

Sea / creek / lake / nalla

etc. (specify)

Applied Mining lease

boundary

Applied Lease area itself is a

water body. The project lies on

River Saraswati & Sagarmati.

No

Ancillary facilities No No

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) –Not

Applicable

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare

nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line

(HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [*Director, Space

Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies,

Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,

Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata:

Naval Hydrographer’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography,

Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai],

boundary of applied mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and

HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the

approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes,

mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if

any, in the project area.

-

-

-



8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from

the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S.

No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from

(in km.)

Core*Zone Buffer*Zone

1. National Park / Sanctuary No No No

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve

/ Elephant Reserve / any other

Reserve

No No No

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Near Kishanpura

village (PF & RF)

Gaurikund RF

No

No

Latitude 26025’ to 26030’ and

Longitude 74o25’ to 74030’.

Latitude 26020’ to 26°30’ and

Longitude 74°30’ to 74°5’.

4. Habitat for migratory birds No -- --

5. Corridor for animals of schedule I

& II of the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972

No No No

6. Archaeological sites

* Notified

* Others No No No

7. Defense Installation No No No

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants No No No

9. Other Mines No No No

10. Airport Jaipur Airport 183 km 173 Km

11. Railway Lines Mangliyawas RS 20 km 10 km

12. National / State Highways NH-8 (Ajmer to

Beawar)

10 km 10 km from the block No. II

[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the

periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the

periphery of the core zone].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.*

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with

(1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife

(Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the

field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden Office. Information to

be based on field survey.]



LIST OF PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA


Trees

1 Acacia catechu Khair, Kheda Mimosaceae

2 Acacia leucophloea Ronj Leguminosae

3 Acacia nilotica Desi Babool Mimosaceae

4 Acacia Senegal Kumta Mimosaceae

5 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

6 Ailanthus excels Roxb. Ardu Simaroubaceae

7 Albizia lebbeck Kala Sira Mimosaceae

8 Anthocephalus indicus Kadam Rubiaceae

9 Anogeissus pendula Dhonk Combretaceae

10 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

11 Balanites aegyptica Hingotia Simarubaceae

12 Bauhinia racemosa Jhinjha Caesalpiniceae

13 Bauhinia varegata Kachnar Caesalpiniceae

14 Boswellia serrata Salar Burseraceae

15 Butea monosperma Dhak Papilionaceae

16 Cassia fistula Linn. Amaltash Leguminosae

17 Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae

18 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Papilionaceae

19 Dichrostachys cineria Goyakhair Mimosaceae

20 Ehretia laevis Tambolia Boraginaceae

21 Emblica officinalis Ceartn*

Amla Euphorbiaceae

22 Eucalyptus hybrid Safeda Myrataceae

23 Ficus glomerata Gular Urticaceae

24 Ficus racemosa Umro Urticaceae

25 Flacourtia romantchi Kankon Bixaceae

26 Flacourtia indica Kanti Bixaceae

27 Holoptelia intgrifolia Churel Urticaceae

28 Lannea coromandelica Gurjan Anacardiaceae

29 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

30 Melia azedarach Bakayan Meliaceae

31 Millingtonia hortensis Neem Chameli Bignoniaceae

32 Mimusops hexzandra elengi

Rain Sapotaceae

33 Moringa oleifera Sahajana Moringaceae

34 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Palmaceae

35 Pithecellobium dulce Jungle jalebi Mimosaceae

36 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae

37 Prosopis cineraria Khejri Mimosaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meliaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sapotaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arecaceae






38 Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Babool Mimosaceae

39 Salvadora cleoides Pilu Salvadoraceae

40 Salvadora persica Khara Salvadoraceae

41 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae

42 Sterculia urens Kadaya Sterculiaceae

43 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae

44 Tamarindus indica Imli Caesalpiniceae

45 Tamarix articulate Fans --

46 Tecomella undulate Rohida Bignoniaceae

47 Wrightia tomentosa Khirni, Dudhi Apocynaceae

48 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

Shrubs & Herbs

49 Aerva javanica Bui Amaranthaceae

50 Acacia jacquemonti Banvali Mimosaceae

51 Calotropis procera Aakra Asclepiadaceae

52 Cassia auriculata Aaval Caesalpiniceae

53 Clerodendron viscosum Aarni Verbenaceae

54 Carissa congesta Karonda Apocynaceae

55 Cordia rothii Gundi Boraginaceae

56 Centella asiatica Brahmi Umbelliferaceae

57 Crotalaria burhia Saniya Papilionaceae

58 Datura stramonium Dhatura Solanaceae

59 Euphorbia caduaifalia Thor Eupheriaceae

60 Grewia flavescens Kali syahi Tiliaceae

61 Grewia tenax Gangan Tiliaceae

62 Holarrhena antidysenterica

Dudhi Apocynaceae

63 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

64 Laptedenia pyrotechnica Khinp Asclepiadaceae

65 Lepidagathis trinervis Unthkanta Acanthaceae

66 Ocimum amercanum Tulsi Labiatae

67 Opuntia dillenii Nagfani Cactaceae

68 Rhus musoraaensis Dasan Anacardiaceae

69 Tamarix dioica Jhau Tamaricaceae

70 Vitex negundo Negad Verbenaceae

71 Woodfordia fruticosa Dhawdi Lythraceae

72 Zizyphus mauritiana Ber --

73 Zizyphus nummularia Jhadber Rhamnaceae

Climbers

74 Abrus pracaterious Chirmi Poapilionaceae

75 Asparagus racemosus Naharkanta Liliaceae

76 Bougainvillaea Bogenvelia Nyctaginaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amaranthaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capparaceae





http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asparagaceae




apectabilis

77 Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae

78 Jasminum officinalis Chameli Cleaceae

79 Mimosa hemata -- Mimosaceae

80 Tinospora cordifolia Neem Giloy Menispermaceae

Bamboos & Grass

81 Aristida hystrix Lapla Graminae

82 Alpuda mutica Bhuganti Graminae

83 Chloris tenell Barna Graminae

84 Chloris virgata Barna Graminae

85 Cenchrus ciliaris Dhaman Graminae

86 Cenchrus setigerus Bharut Graminae

87 Cenchrus barbatus Bharut Graminae`

88 Cynodon dactylon Dub Graminae`

89 Cymbopogon jwarancusa Ruya Graminae`

90 Dendrocslmus strictus Bans Graminae

91 Dichanthium annulatum Karad Graminae

92 Ekragros tisminor Chadi bajra Graminae

93 Eremopogon fovelateeds -- Graminae

94 Heteropogon conterotus Surwala Graminae

95 Lasiurus indicus Sevan Graminae

96 Saccharus spontaneum Kans Graminae

97 Sehima nervosum Siran Graminae

98 Sorghum halepense Baru Graminae

99 Themeda quadrivalvis Ratarda Graminae

LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA

S. N. Common

name English name Zoological Name

A – Mammals

1 Jarakh Srtipped hyena Hyaena hyaena

2 Jangali suar Indian wild boar Sus scrofa

3 Jhau chuha Hedgehog Hemichinus auritus

4 Khargosh Indian hare Lepus nigricollis

5 Gilhari Five stripped squirrel Funambulus pennanti

6 Sehi Indian porcupine Hystrix indica

7 Neelgaya Blue bull Boselaphus tragocamelus

8 Bandar Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta

9 Sambhar Sambar Cervus unicolor

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cuscuta_reflexa&action=edit&redlink=1

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Convolvulaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menispermaceae



LIST OF BIRD SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA

S. N. Scientific

Name

Common

Name Family

Status in

Wildlife

Protection

Act-1972

Status in

IUCN

Category

1 Accipiter badius*

Shikara Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

2 Acridotheres ginginianus*

Bank Myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

3 Acridotheres tristis*

Common

Myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

4 Alcedo atthis* Small Blue

Kingfisher Alcedinidae Schedule IV Least Concern

5 Amaurornis phoenicurus

White

Breasted

Waterhen

Rallidae Schedule IV Least Concern

6 Apus affinis* House Swift Apodidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

7 Ardeola grayii* Indian Pond

Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

8 Athene brama Spotted

Owlet Strigidae Schedule IV Least Concern

9 Bubulcus ibis* Cattle Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

10 Cinnyris asiaticus*

Purple

Sunbird Nectariniidae Schedule IV Least Concern

11 Columba livia* Blue Rock

Pigeon Columbidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

12 Copsychus saularis*

Magpie

Robin Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

13 Coracias benghalensis*

Indian Roller Coraciidae Schedule IV Least Concern

14 Corvus macrorhynchos*

Jungle Crow Corvidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

15 Corvus splendens*

House Crow Corvidae Schedule V Least Concern

16 Coturnix coturnix

Common

Quail Phasianidae Schedule IV Least Concern

17 Cuculus varius

Common

Hawk-

Cuckoo

Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

18 Dendrocitta vagabunda*

Rufous

Treepie Corvidae Schedule IV Least Concern

19 Dicrurus adsimilis*

Fork-tailed

Drongo Dicruridae Schedule IV Least Concern



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River_kingfishers

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apodidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strigidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heron

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nectariniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dove


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraciidae







20 Dicrurus paradiseus

Racket

Tailed

Drongo

Dicruridae Schedule IV Least Concern

21 Egretta garzetta*

Little Egret Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

22 Elanus axillaris*

Black-

Shouldered

Kite

Accipitridae Schedule IV Least Concern

23 Eudynamys scolopaceus*

Koel Cuculidae Schedule IV Least Concern

24 Francolinus pondicerianus*

Grey

Partridge Phasianidae Schedule IV Least Concern

25 Galerida cristata*

Crested Lark Alaudidae Schedule IV Least Concern

26 Gallinula chloropus

Common

Moorhen Rallidae Schedule IV Least Concern

27 Grus antigone* Sarus Crane Gruidae Schedule IV Vulnerable

28 Halcyon smyrnensis*

White

Breasted

Kingfisher

Halcyonidae Schedule IV Least Concern

29 Himantopus himantopus

Black

Winged Stilt

Recurvirostrid

ae


30 Hirundo rustica*

Common

Swallow Hirundinidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

31 Lanius excubitor*

Grey Shrike Laniidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

32 Lanius vittatus* Bay Backed

Shrike Laniidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

33 Merops orientalis*

Small Green


34 Merops philippinus

Blue Tailed


35 Motacilla alba* White


36 Motacilla capsica

Grey Wagtail Motacillidae Schedule IV Least Concern

37 Motacilla flava Yellow


38 Nycticorax nycticorax

Night Heron Ardeidae Schedule IV Least Concern

39 Oriolus xanthornus

Black

Headed

Oriole

Oriolidae Schedule IV Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dicruridae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuculidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lark

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rallidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swallow

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shrike







http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oriolidae



40 Passer domesticus*

House

Sparrow Passeridae Not Enlisted Least Concern

41 Phalacrocorax niger

Little

Cormorant

Phalacrocoracid

ae


42 Picoides mahrattensis

Pied

Woodpecker Picidae Schedule IV Not enlisted

43 Ploceus philippinus

Baya Weaver Ploceidae Schedule IV Least Concern

44 Pseudibis papillosa*

Black Ibis Threskiornithi

dae


45 Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed


46 Psittacula krameri*

Rose Ringed


47 Pterocles exustus

Common

Sandgrouse Pteroclididae Schedule IV Least Concern

48 Pycnonotus cafer*

Red Vented

Bulbul Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern

49 Pycnonotus luteolus

White

Checked

Bulbul

Pycnonotidae Schedule IV Least Concern

50 Sarkidiornis melanotos

Comb Duck Anatidae Schedule IV Least Concern

51 Saxicoloides fulicatus*

Indian Robin Muscicapidae Schedule IV Least Concern

52 Streptopelia chinensis*

Spotted Dove Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

53 Sturnus pagodarum*

Brahminy

myna Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

54 Sturnus roseus Rosy

Starling Sturnidae Schedule IV Least Concern

55 Tadorna ferruginea

Brahminy

Duck Anatidae Schedule IV Least Concern

56 Terpsiphone paradisi

Asian

Paradise

Flycatcher

Monarchidae Schedule IV Least Concern

57 Treron phoenicoptera

Common

Green Pigeon Columbidae Schedule IV Least Concern

58 Turdoides caudate*

Common


59 Turdoides striata*

Jungle


60 Upupa epops* Hoopoe Upupidae Not Enlisted Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparrow



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Picidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ploceidae



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psittaculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pteroclididae









http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchidae






10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in tonnes)

(a) Proved

(b) Probable

(c) Inferred

(d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No [

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No

(e) Source of data (Indicate)

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines

(i) Date of opening of mine

8870745.6

---

8870745.6

11, 20,000 tones/annum

--

5 years

--

By 1) Survey & Field works

2) Approved Mining plan



(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th

year from year….. to year…...

in million tonnes.

(iii)Projected production for the next Proposed

5 years from year 2013-14 to year 2017-18

in million tonnes.

Name of River Production

First year

Saraswati River Block No. I 555206.4

Sagarmati River Block No. II 565152

Total 1120358

Second year

Saraswati River Block No. I 658080


Total 1120608

Third Year

Saraswati River Block No. I 777216


Total 1120656

Fourth Year



Total 1120099

Fifth Year



1120781

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No

opening of the mine?

If yes, details there of including last production

figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

NA (Fresh area)

NA (Fresh area)

11, 20,000



--

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast Manual

Underground Semi-mechanized

Both Mechanized

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

There is no proposal of mineral processing for sand.

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of

existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.) -

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average (vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in

overburden / waste.

Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

3.0 m

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--



Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the

opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /

ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while

operating the mine as well as at the time of

closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No

opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at

the end of the life of the mine have been submitted?

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine - Not Applicable

(i) Seam / Ore body Min. Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip Direction of dip

in degree

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine NA

(iii) Details of machinery NA

(iv) Method of stopping (metalliferrous mines) NA

(v) Extraction method –N/A

(vi) Subsidence-N/A

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site (Fig - 3.4)

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No

submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification/diversion Yes No

in the existing natural drainage pattern at any

stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours,

dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and

proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any

other water body falling within core zone and its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction – N/A

--

√

√

√

Blasting is not proposed.



18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity [

(c) Whether the existing road Yes No

network is adequate?

If no, provide details of alternative

proposal?

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on

surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks.Yes No

]

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

20. Mineral (s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

H.M.V./ L.M.V./2-3

wheeler 869

364 Dumpers

4000

4000

100

100

Dumpers



246

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data – EIA & EMP Report enclosed

(a) Micro-meteorological data – In study area [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly

data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.

Wind rose diagram is given in Fig – 3.5, of EIA/EMP report)

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm)

8:30 hrs. 17:30 hrs.

Max. Min. Max. Min. Highest Lowest Highest Lowest Total

Dec.‘13 12 04 10 04 29.4 4.8 97 15 --

Jan ‘14 22 04 10 04 26.9 3.0 99 22 13.6

Feb ‘14 18 04 20 04 28.6 7.6 99 18 17.4

* 24-hour’s rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.

* Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is 2.5 mm.

** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological station from which climatological data

have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any. - (Jaipur).



(b) Ambient air quality data* (PM2.5, PM10, SO2, and NOx)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]

[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for PM10. For gaseous pollutants 24-

hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out – winter (Dec ’13, Jan ‘14, Feb ’14)

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station -24

Name of monitoring equipment used

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox Pb**

High volume -- High volume High volume --

Equipment sensitivity

Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB)

R

I

S

100 60 80 80

100 60 80 80

100 60 80 80

Monitoring

Location

No. of

Samples

Drawn

Categor

y*

(R, I, S)

Min. Max. 98%

tile Min. Max. 98% Min. Max.

98%

tile Min. Max.

98%

tile

Core Zone, Block

– I, 24 Mining 63.42 94.14 92.26 20.1 31.99 31.35 BDL 4.08 4.00 4.26 7.94 7.78 Nil

Govindgarh

Village 24 R 66.38 93.04 91.18 21.76 30.66 30.05 5.26 7.76 7.60 5.72 9.26 9.07 Nil

Leswa Village 24 R 58.71 86.42 84.69 19.89 28.79 28.21 3.62 5.62 5.51 3.88 7.72 7.57 Nil

Jaswantpura

Village 24 R 57.44 87.32 85.57 20.08 28.74 28.17 4.26 7.38 7.23 4.12 8.28 8.11 Nil

Gujron Ki Dhani 24 R 52.44 82.42 80.77 17.40 27.53 26.98 BDL 4.88 4.78 3.96 6.98 6.84 Nil

Core zone – Block

– II, 24 Mining 58.04 91.46 89.63 19.24 30.65 30.04 BDL 4.32 4.23 3.74 7.54 7.39 Nil



500m D/W

direction 24 -- 62.15 92.42 90.57 19.79 30.42 29.81 BDL 4.34 4.25 4.50 8.10 7.94 Nil

Budhwara Village 24 R 62.04 86.74 85.01 19.3 28.74 28.17 BDL 4.46 4.37 3.58 7.44 7.29 Nil

Bhanwata Village 24 R 58.16 84.19 82.51 18.83 27.63 27.08 4.06 5.76 5.64 4.52 8.02 7.86 Nil

Lalikhera Village 24 R 57.84 88.46 86.69 19.19 28.6 28.03 BDL 4.58 4.49 3.78 7.84 7.68 Nil

Pisangan 24 R 64.88 94.08 92.20 20.84 31.35 30.72 5.28 8.46 8.29 5.94 9.84 9.64 Nil

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive

**Pb for mineral specific sites only. # Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to

project site. (Fig – 3.6, of EIA/EMP report)

22. Stack and emission details, if any* - Not Applicable

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* -Not Applicable

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*:

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data

(b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise (in μg/m3)

S. No. Pollutants Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality Resultant Air Quality

Core zone, Block No. I

1. PM10 0.28 94.14 91.42

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

Core zone, Block No. II

1. PM10 0.10 91.46 91.56

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- -- [* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]



249

25. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation

2. Land reclamation

3. Dust suppression

4. Drinking

5. Green Belt

6. Beneficiation

7. Washeries

8. Fire Service

9. Others (specify)

B. Township

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

Nil

Nil

7.00

7.00

6.00

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

7.00

7.00

6.00

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Total 20.00 20.0

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) Nil

2 Ground water Nil

3 Mine water (sump / pit) Nil

4 Dug Well 20.0

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central

Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area /

State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department

for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]



27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs)

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability (source State Ground water Deptt.)

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through

mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)

(f) Stage of ground water development in %

28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source

S.

No.

Usage Present Consumption

(m3/day)

Additional proposed

as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total

(m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic -- -- -- -- -- --

2 Plantation -- 6.00 -- -- -- 6.00

3 Industry -- -- -- -- -- --

4 Mining -- -- -- -- -- --

5 Dust

Suppression

-- 7.00 -- -- -- 7.00

6 Sanitation &

Drinking

-- 7.00 -- -- -- 7.00

Total -- 20.00 -- -- -- 20.00

29. Water quality* (a) Annex physico-chemical analysis of water at intake (Ground Water) point**

NOT APPLICABLE

392.38

25 m

25 m

20 m

20 m

--

122.79

--



251

ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Govindgarh Jaswanpura Budhwara Pisangan Brijpura Garhi Kalesara

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7

1 pH value Hazen 7.93 7.3 7.44 7.67 7.31 7.51 7.48

2 Color -- <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0

3 Turbidity NTU 0.6 6.5 3.9 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.4

4 Odour -- Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable

5

Total

Hardness (as

CaCO3)

mg/l

242.4 588.94 177.76 592.08 259.52 193.92 165.64

6 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.06

7 Chlorides (as

Cl)

mg/l 284.91 256.92 89.97 134.95 134.95 31.99 94.97

8 Sulphate (So4) mg/l 104.62 170.28 95.97 288.34 167.45 97.1 97.78

9 Dissolved

solids

mg/l 983.54 1279.5 495.01 720.98 397.95 558.2 681.2

10 Electrical

Conductivity

µS/cm 1520 1970 760 1110 620 860 1051.25

11 Alkalinity mg/l 70 280 60 290 80 85 85

12 Nitrate (as

NO3)

mg/l 29.73 44.89 15 43.15 0.41 43.61 20.58

13 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.53 0.36 0.49 0.56 0.32 0.41 0.58

14 Cynide (as mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



CN)

15 Copper (as Cu) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

16 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

17 Lead (as Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

18

Phenolic

Compounds

(as C6H5OH)

mg/l

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

19 Cadmium (as

Cd)


20 Total Arsenic

(as As)


21 Chromium (as

Cr)


22 Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

23 E.Coli/100ml -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent



253

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge

i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably

from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and

analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for

analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection

Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’.

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine

dewatering *- Not Applicable

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine

dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon

period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-

monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer

characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground

water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed

remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The

report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30

observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary

sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28

above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and

non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) /

block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation

Committee recommendations of 1997]

31. Waste Water Management

Mine -

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period

Monsoon period

Nil

Nil



(ii) Workshop

(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow

sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / - NA

to be recycled in

(i) Percentage -

(ii) m3 /day -

(d) Point of final discharge - NA

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged

(cumecs) NA

Township - Not Applicable

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram

indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

SCHEMATIC WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

No outflow No outflow

Nil

TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT

20.0 KLD

Dug well

Dust supper.

7.0 KLD

Sanitation &

Drinking 7.0 KLD

0.5 m3 / day

Plantation

6.0 KLD

Septic tank- Soak Pit



33. Ambient noise level leq dB (A)

34. Solid Waste

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality Name

(Lump/fines/slurry/

Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity

(Cum./year)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

a. Top Soil

b. Over

burden/side b

urden

c. Others (specify)

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Effluent Treatment

Plant (sludge) Nil Nil

Nil

Total Nil Nil Nil [* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] –

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any

hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or Yes No

heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No

precautionary measures

provided?

S. No Location Result

Day Night

1 Core Zone, Block – I, 51.2 39.6

2 Govindgarh Village 50.4 40.0

3 Leswa Village 49.5 39.4

4 Jaswantpura Village 50.6 41.8

5 Gujron Ki Dhani 49.8 40.1

6 Core zone – Block – II, 50.7 39.8

7 500m D/W direction 51.1 38.7

8 Budhwara Village 49.2 40.4

9 Bhanwata Village 50.4 43.3

10 Lalikhera Village 49.6 39.7

11 Pisangan 51.5 40.9

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

√

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

√ [

a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs



(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities. - No

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste.

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for

backfilling? Yes No

(ii) If yes, when do you propose

to start backfilling.

(in million m3) Solid waste (s) Already

accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be

backfilled

A B

Over burden -- -- -- --

Others (specify) -- -- -- --

Land reclamation Plan – Not Attached.

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems - No

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps

No. of dumps

Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures: Plantations

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation

to the adjacent ground profile attached.Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements*- [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500 KVA

and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW)

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present -- -- -- --

2 Proposed /

additional -- -- -- --

Total -- -- -- --

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spe

cify)

√

a.

To

p

So

il [ b.

Ov

er

bu

rd

en [ c.

Ot

he

rs

(sp

eci

fy)

-

-

-

-

√



(b) Source of power (in MW)

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1 Present -- -- --

2 Proposed -- -- --

Total -- --

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] - NA

(c) Details of fuels

S.No. Fuel

Daily Consumption

(Lit/Day) Calorific

value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur Existing Proposed

1

2

3

HSD

LSHS

Other

(specify)

- 8000 - - -

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials*

S. No. Name Number of

Storages

Consumption

Maximum Quantity at

anypoint of time

1 Fuels - - -

2 Explosives - - -

37. Human Settlement

Particulars Core Zone Buffer Zone

Population* Nil 113381

No. of villages Nil 53

Number of

households village-

wise

Nil

21281

[*As per 2011 census record or actual survey]

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be

displaced, other-wise a summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone Nil Nil

500 m from the blasting site (s) Nil Nil

Buffer zone 53 List & Map attached.

Township site Nil Nil



(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone - Nil S.

No.

Village name

Population* Average Annual

Income Tribal Others

[*As per 2011 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees - Nil

Name of village(s)

falling within

Number of oustees

Land (only) Homestead (only) Land and Homestead (both)

Mining lease Nil Nil Nil

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalised? – Not Applicable

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled &

facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People

(PAP).

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over.

39. Lease -wise plantation details

(a) Applied Lease area (in ha.)– 163.4503 hect. Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up

(iii) Area not to be broken-up

(b) Township area (in ha.)

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

Existing -- -- -- --- --

Proposed 25.00 -- -- -- --

-- Nil

-- 118.0

-- 20.0903

-- --



(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing – Nil

When plantation was started? Month / Year

(i) Proposed – 1000 plants / ha.

Species to be planted:

S.

N. Scientific Name Common Name Family

1. Acacia catechu Khair Mimoseae

2. Albizia chinensis Siris Mimoseae

3. Albizia moluccana Subabul Mimoseae


5. Citrus aurantium Nebu Rutaceae

6. Ficus benghalensis Bargad Moraceae

7. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae

8. Lawsonia inermis Mehandi Lythraceae

9. Madhuca longifolia Mahwa Sapotaceae

10. Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae

11. Terminalia arjuna Arjuna Combretaceae

12. Thevetia peruviana pila kanher Apocynaceae

13. Zizyphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae

In addition, forest officials will be consulted for other suitable species.

40. Environmental health and safety

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? –

Inhalation of dust, generated due to reclaiming, handling and

transportation of sand.

(b) What provisions have been made / proposed to be made to conform

to health and safety requirements? – Dust mask, noise- ear plugs,

mufflers, safety shoes, helmets, hand gloves & all necessary medical

facilities provided & medical camp conduct periodically.

(c) In case of an existing mine- Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status

of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

--



Free silica – Attached as Annexure - VIII

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. No.

Environmental issues* Already practiced, if

applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution -- Dust mask, Water spraying,

Plantation

2 Water pollution -- No waste water is generated.

3. Water conservation -- Not required

4. Noise pollution -- Ear plugs / muffs, Proper

maintenance of vehicles,

machinery, Plantation.

5. Solid waste / Tailings -- No waste will be generated.

6. Land degradation -- Sand will be collected from river

bed up to a depth of 3 mtr which

will be replenished during the

monsoon season.

7. Erosion & Sediment -- Not required.

8. Top soil -- Top soil will not be generated

9. Ground vibration -- Not required

10. Wildlife conservation -- Not required.

11. Forest protection -- Not required.

12. Others (specify) -- No

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) – NA

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of

Environmental clearance issued by MoEF, Yes No

if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to

Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes No

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes No



43. Scoping of EIA Whether environmental impact assessment

of the project has been carried out by Yes No

following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed Yes No

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes No

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No

closure plan.

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for

implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs)

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh)

(Based on latest estimate)

46. Cost of environmental protection measures

(in Rs. Lakh)

S.

No. Prticulars

Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control -- 5.00 -- 1.00

2 Pollution Monitoring -- 5.00 -- 1.00

3 Green Belt -- 5.00 -- 2.00

4 Occupational Health -- 3.00 -- 1.00

Total -- 18.00 -- 5.00

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby

villages other than R&R plans.

Particulars Activity

Rs. (in Lacs)

Capital

Cost

Recurring

Cost

Education - Distribution of school bags &

stationery items to school children.

- Distribution of books in school.

- Renovation of school building.

- Distribution of sports goods among

school children.

- Books/ Chemicals/ Sports kits to

school library/ laboratory/ sports

department

3.0 0.6

Health - General health camp for nearby

villagers. 3.0 1.0

66.0 /-

--

√

√

√

√



- Eye checkup camp.

- Distribution of medicines free of cost.

Infrastructure

development

- Renovation of nearby community

hall, school buildings, Anganbari center.


. Construction of washroom in nearby

villages.

3.0 2.0

Drinking

water & other

facilities

- Support for supply of drinking water.

Awareness programmes for villagers. 1.0 0.4

Total 10.0 4.0

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present - 2

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting

and number of people from the applied lease area.

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form.

Issues raised by the Public

Response/

Commitment of

Project

Proponents

Action Plan

Fund

Allotment

(in Rs.

Lacs)

15. Shri Prakash Kumawat,

Ward Punch, village Govindgarh

told that, at present mines are

running, but no money has been

spent over the project by the project

proponents. He affirmed that

Govindgarh Gram Panchayat

people should be allowed to keep

Bajri royalty-free and also stated

that the Gram Panchayat has no

knowledge regarding the lease area.

He proposed that the revenue from

the lease should be brought for

development of the village. He

further stated that the farmers

have received the NOC from the

panchayat for the water of the well,

which flows from the lease area to

the agricultural land through

Environment

management fund

is submitted to

the Govt. which is

proposed for the

development of

the village. For

the development

of Panchayat 2%

of royalty will be

spent under the

District Council.

He told that as

per the mining

rules no mining

can be done in the

range of 45m

distance from the

wells. Plantation

Constructions of washrooms and

other infrastructural development

in nearby villages.

The removal/ collection of Bajri

will be done as per approved

mining plan.

2.0

14.08.2014

17.09.2014

-- 66

Hindustan Times & Rajasthan Patrika



pipelines. He also asked to clarify

the practices undertaken in the

lease area for the mining operation.

will be done in the

public places

according to the

acceptance of the

Panchayat. The

mining lease has

not been granted

for the whole river

area, mining will

be done only in

some selected

Khasra.

16. Shri Satyanarayan Yadav,

village Govindgarh asked whether

the mining area is free from grazing

land or not? He also asked whether

the cutting of the plantations in the

area will be done according to the

Contractor or the villagers. What is

the solution for the negative effects

of mining on water of the wells? He

also apprised about the violation of

rules during the transportation of

Bajri and made everyone realize

about the misbehaviour of the

lessee with the villagers. He asked

about the distance between the

mining areas to the wells. Finally

he objected the mining and denied

for the lease to be granted for Bajri.

No grazing land is

involved in this

proposed project.

Mining will be

done as per

approved mining

plan.

About 5000 sapling per year will

be planted along the lease


2.0

17. Shri Jitendra Vyas villager

of Govindgarh asked whether

reserve of the Bajri is kept or not

for the villagers to be used in

future?

Proposed lease is

for 5 Years only.

Balance reserves

will still be left at

the end of lease

period

Mining will be carried out as per

approved mining plan.

During the course of the flow of

the river in the rainy season,

Bajri will get deposited.

--

18. Shri Surajkaran, villager of

Budhwara enquired whether the

mining can be done in the

catchment area of river or not? He

stated that NOC for the lease grant

should also be received from the

Gram Panchayat. He mentioned

that the development amount must

also be given to Gram panchayat.

Mining will be

confined in the

allotted lease area

only. NOC is not

required from

Gram Panchayat

as per rules.


approved mining plan. Area is

allotted by the Govt. hence, NOC

is from Gram Panchayat is not

required. --

19. Shri Om Prakash, Press

reporter, Pisangan told that the

Technical consultant says that

there is no forest area in the lease

area but actually it is not so. He

stated that Mining is carried out

with machineries not manually. He

told that this area falls under the

Dark zone since last 8 years, thus

doubted the possibility of upcoming

All measures will

be taken as per

EMP/MP after the

lease is granted.

No forest land is involved in this

project.


approved mining plan.

Local people will be employed

from nearby villages.

--



heavy rainfall sufficient enough for

replacement and recharge of the

sand. The lease area is under M/s.

Arjun Singh, and till date he has

not made any efforts for the

betterment of the village, no

plantation has been done, no

sprinkling of water and no

measures have been adopted for

controlling the pollution. Besides

this many plants were cut in the

last six months by the Lessee.

Apart from this the statutory

barrier of Sagarmati River has been

destroyed by the Lessee. He asked

about the belongings of the 857

labours presented to be employed.

20. Shri Jagpal Singh

Shaktavat, Additional Sarpunch of

Govindgarh said that only one

pipeline should be installed for one

well and the farmers must be

acquainted with the land they own.

This work of laying pipelines from

well is under the PHED and is

carried out accordingly with

consultations of Gram Panchayat/

Local authorities.

--

21. Shri Sharvan Singh Rawat,

Village Akhepura, told that the

Grazing land available where the

animals graze in Akhepura should

not be granted the lease, so that no

problems are created in future.

No grazing land is involved in this

project.

--

Annexure – G, Written Comments is recived from Om Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer

11. With the help of Japan

Govt. about 44,000 plants were

planted in lease area during 1995-

96 near the Sagarmati River, near

village Nuriyawas, for the control of

erosion under the Social forestry

plan. The plants are being cut for

the mining purpose.

--

The plants have not been cut by

us as the lease is still to be

allotted in our favour, only LOI

has been given. --

12. Government has declared

Pisangan under the dark zone area

due to the deficiency of rainfall and

low water table in this area. Then

how the mining department is

granting the lease considering the

place under “general to high

rainfall” If the rain would have

been normal then Pisangan

shouldn’t have ever been declared

in the Dark Zone.

--

Mean annual rainfall (1987-2006)

of the district is 453.2 mm

whereas normal rainfall (1901-70)

is lower than average rainfall and

placed at 433.8. About 0.8 to 1

meter of Bajri will be deposited

annually. No ground water table

will be intersected during mining

operations.

--

13. The former contractor was

Shri Arjun Singh only. While

Pisangan Tehsildar & Mining

Engineer have reported to the

Government about the trees being

cut in the lease area in Khasra no.

864, Nuriyawas village. The rules

--

These plants did not cut by us.

--



are not being followed by the

contractor, so why no action has not

been taken so far?

14. Till date Government has

spent rupees 23, 87, 876.51 for the

surface barrier in the grazing land

of Pisangn area without allocation.

The Contractor has fully abolished

and misused the money in the sand

mining. Why the administration is

not active until now?

--

--

--

15. The Govindgarh dam has

been constructed under the

Govindgarh Dam Project at

Pisangan tehsil, within the

Catchment area of Sagarmati

River. What is reason for not

accepting the order of Supreme

Court to restore the situation as it

was before the mid-night of

15.08.1947?

--

--

--


9. At the site (Khasra No. 864)

in the lease area one pit exists

measuring 79mt x 45m. Its

Latitude and Longitude is N

26°22’04.3” to 74°37’20.6”.

At site, this pit is old

--

10. Mining has been done in

one pit 3 m below the surface by the

Contractor. On site the pit was

found closed.

At site, this pit is old; Mining will

be carried out as per approved

mining plan & depth of mining

will be 3 meter only.

--

11. Backfilling has not been

done in the pits after the excavation

by the contractor. Villagers told

that there can be loss of life and

animals due to filling of water,

which is right as per the inspection.

Backfilling is not proposed in this

proposed project. Because the

main purpose of the proposed

project is removal/ collection of

sand. Natural replenishment will

take place during the monsoon

season.

--

12. Many plants have been cut

near the pit area and some plants

are in the damaged conditions

about to fall.

These plants are not cut by us.

About 5000 sapling per year will

be planted along the lease


Total 4.0

NOTE: - Copy of minutes of Public Hearing in Hindi and English are enclosed.



49. Whether the following approvals*

(Wherever applicable) have been obtained?

A. Site clearance from MOEF – Not Required

B. Consent for Establishment from the

State Pollution Control Board Not Required

C. NOC from Atomic Energy Division – Not Required

D. Letter of mining scheme/Plan -

Approved from IBM/DMG Yes (Annexure No.

V)

E. Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Not Required

F. NOC from Chief Controller of Explosive Not Applicable

G. Commitment regarding availability of

Water and power from the concerned

State Authorities Not Required

H. In case of ML area falling in notified areas

of the CGWA, NOC from them Not Required

* (Annex copies)

50. Was/ is there any court case relating to the project or related activities

if so, provide details present status - No





268



Documents

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT- ENVIRONMENTAL …environmentclearance.nic.in/.../18012015XS1DIYBIEIA... · Prepared by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh